Auchi Polytechnic SET 2020 Book of Proceedings
Auchi Polytechnic SET 2020 Book of Proceedings
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
1
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
TITLE PAGE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
8 Annual Conference
th
OF THE
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY,
AUCHI POLYTECHNIC AUCHI
SET 2020
THEME:
ENGINEERING SYNERGY TOWARDS SOLUTION IN NATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT
i
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
CONFERENCE SUB-COMMITTEES
Protocol Committee
Mr. T. A. Umoru Chairman
Engr. G. Ayodele Member
Engr. O. C. Afolabi Member
Registration Committee
Engr. D. A. Osiyoku Chairman
Mr. A. S. Ajayi Member
Engr. B. B. Olawepo Member
Technical Committee
Dr. H. C. Okoh Chairman
Engr. K. A. Yusuf Secretary
Engr. S. N. Onuoha Member
Engr. A. O. Imonigie Member
Rapporteurs
Dr. H. C. Okoh Chairman
Dr. F. P. Momoh Member
Engr. A. B. Oshomah Member
ii
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
EDITORIAL COMMENT/ACKNOLWDGEMENT
I am happy to welcome on-line our special guests and participants to this 8th Annual
Conference organised by the School of Engineering Technology, Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi,
Edo State. This E-Conference is unique and being the first time of organizing on-line conference
in the School of Engineering Technology, Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi. The theme of this Virtual
Conference is Engineering Synergy towards Solution in National Development. Human body
consists of many parts. It functions adequately when the various parts perform their functions.
Our thank goes to the Keynote Address Speaker, Prof. Gabriel O. Shonaike, Former Director,
Centre for Research , Development and Linkages, Lagos State University, Lagos. Also, we thank
our Lead Paper Presenters: Engr. Dr. Dayo H. Oladebeye, the Rector, Federal Polytechnic, Ado-
Ekiti, Ekiti State, Nigeria; and Engr. Aigbovbiosa Osagiy Jolly, Design, Modelling and
Simulation Unit, Engineering and Materials Development Institute, Akure.
The Conference Organizing Committee is grateful to our dynamic Rector, Dr. (TPL) S.M. Jimah
for his usual and full support to the School of Engineering Technology and to the Dean, School
of Engineering Technology, Engr. Osigbemhe, P. O. for able leadership and ecouragement. Also
my immense gratitude to the management of Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi, the entire members of
staff of the Polytechnic and the lovers of our great Institution for their support to the School of
Engineering Technology. My thank goes to the members of the Conference Organizing
Committee for their dedication to achieve a success of this event. Also, my sincere thanks to all
the paper authors, guests, donors, sponsors, reviewers, exhibitors and other participants for their
mind and focus in working together to develop our nation technologically.
Thanks
iii
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE i
CONFERENCE ORGANIZING COMMITTEE ii
EDITORIAL COMMENT/ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS iii
CONTENT iv
KEYNOTE ADDRESS
1. ENGINEERING SYNERGY: THE PANACEA FOR NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN
NIGERIA - Prof. Gabriel O. Shonaike 1
LEAD PAPERS
2. ENGINEERING SYNERGY TOWARDS SOLUTION IN NATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT 10
Engr. Dr. Dayo Hephzibah OLADEBEYE
CONFERENCE PAPERS
4. DEVELOPMENT OF A TWO-STAGE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
IMPROVED ATM SERVICES 51
Adegoke, B. O., Olawuni, A. and Olla, M. O.
iv
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
v
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
vi
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
vii
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering Synergy
Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
KEYNOTE ADDRESS:
ENGINEERING SYNERGY: THE PANACEA FOR NATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT IN NIGERIA
Gabriel O. Shonaike
Professor of Polymer Engineering, Lagos State University, Epe Campus, Lagos State Nigeria
Email:[email protected]
1.0. Background
In the comity of nations, Nigeria as a nation is still being referred to as a developing or third
world country in spite of her almost sixty years of independence from United Kingdom. It is
surprising that Nigeria that is blessed with great human, material and natural resources is still
having enormous challenges in her stride for development. Although Nigeria has initiated
various developmental programmes including first, second, third and fourth National
Development Plans, Structural Adjustment Programmes, Vision 2010, National Economic
Empowerment and Development Strategy (NEEDS), Vision 2020, among others, the
programmes could not be sustained because of lack of political will, corruption, and faulty
National development bedrock. National Development; which is the ability of a nation to
improve the quality of life of its citizenry by providing social amenities such as medical care,
education, employment and other infrastructures, depends on the development of different
aspects and facets of the nation (Lawal and Oluwatoyin, 2011).
National Development is measured using the Human Development Index (HDI) which takes into
consideration factors such as average life expectancy, level of education and National income. It
is a fact that there is no country that can develop without significant role from Engineering
sector. The role of engineering in society will improve the quality of life due to important
synergy between the country‘s engineering sector and its development. Engineering synergy can
be a good bedrock or platform for sustainable National Development in Nigeria. Thus,
engineering sector is an important vehicle for economic, social and environmental development.
Engineering should not be mistakenly used in place of technology. In a simple form, engineering
is basically the mind and effort that goes into making a new product while technology is the
result of making the product. Both affect society and human life in general. It is through the use
of both that a nation makes use of its natural resources. Thus, economic development of our
nation strongly depends on both engineering and technology.
1 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Engineering can contribute immensely to economic development through either basic or applied
research. The basic research develops new knowledge while applied research develops new
technology. Usually the basic research is a long-term process while in most cases the applied
research is on a short-term basis and favors industries for quick money. According to Prof.
Burton Richter of Stanford University‘s linear accelerator center, the road from a scientific
discovery to the development of new technology is not the broad straight highways that many
would like to believe. To be sure, basic discoveries are not the heart of the development of new
technologies, but there are many twists and turns in the road before industrial applications are
realized. Does science creates technology or technology creates science? Both cannot be
separated as today‘s technology is based on yesterday‘s science; today‘s science is based on
today‘s technology
34%. The Asia-Pacific share is 22%. Other places representing 70-80% of the world population
living largely in developing countries have contributed less than 7%. Where do we stand in this
7%? Nigeria‘s contribution in the 7% is suggested to be less than 0.05%. Who is to blame for
this predicament? The university professors are not to blame but the system.
3 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
towards making the politicians to realize the importance of engineering and technology in the
society. Research programs are not often funded by the relevant authorities, while various
proposals from Nigerian engineers are not allowed to see the light of the day because the leaders
believe the research programs are not needed as long as the western world can provide all the
needs. Moreover, the politicians are self-centred, they are not concerned about Nigeria but their
pockets. Nigerian politicians always think of what they will get rather than what they can
contribute. Meanwhile, there are some politicians that recognize the importance of research
programs to nation building. For example, former Governor of Bayelsa State stated some years
ago (Thisday 13th Dec 2012) that the vision of his administration was to develop the university in
his state to the level that it could provide consultancy services to government and its agencies in
order to generate income as well as assist in tackling the environmental issues like the twin
problems of flood and erosion.
Scientifically, Nigeria was better decades ago because there were first class Nigerian engineers
that were inspired to contribute to the progress of the country. Nowadays moneybag is the
solution, Nigeria cannot even compete with fellow African countries. Favoritism and barbaric
appointments of unqualified people to various positions have taken over. However, hope is not
totally lost, Nigeria with its strong and intelligent engineers, can build a good engineering
foundation with limited resources within a short time. The engineers need to make it known to
the policy makers that Nigeria with its abundant human resources should not be left behind in
scientific discoveries. The policy makers need to be aware that without serendipitous discoveries
that drove men to achieve greater things, the world of today would not have been different from
centuries ago. According to Dr Wale Babalakin, The Chairman of Committee of Prochancellors
(Punch 9th Sept 2012), Nigeria is spending about N160bn annually in Ghana to educate about
75000 Nigerians schooling there. According to him, Nigeria‘s budget for education in 2011 was
less than N160bn. This means that Nigerians spent more in Ghanaian universities in 2011 than
the Federal Govt. spent on education in 2011.
Development of science and technology will involve a lot of money. In the developed world,
about 10% of their GDP is set aside for development of science and technology (Prof. Daniel
Verishima Uza, Vice-Chancellor University of Agriculture, Markurdi – Commonwealth Finance
Ministers Report 2012-2013). However, since some of the developing countries know the
benefits of science and technology in society, they are also putting in 10% or more of their GDP
towards the development. In Nigeria this may not be the case, Nigerian budget for science and
technology may be less than 0.5% of the GDP. Nigerian Government needs to wake up because
development of science and technology is the fundamental of human existence. For examples,
about a quarter or more adult population in Nigeria carries cell phones and computer literacy is
4 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
improving on daily basis. It is obvious that advances in science and technology will lead to
improve quality of life, employment opportunities, more leisure time for recreation, among
others. Nigeria with its invaluable resources needs to move forward and put the right people in
the right job and avoids settlement or favoritism that may lead to backward movement.
Engineers are indeed part of the development as no nation can survive without contributions
from engineers.
5 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Figure 2a. Spring-8. World‘s most powerful third-generation synchrothron radiationfor advanced
research (outer view). The ring has a circumference of 1,436m: With permission from GNU free
documentation license)
6 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Figure 3. Boeing 777 with damage sensors: courtesy Prof. W. Ostachowics, Polish Academy
of Science
7 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Within the last few decades, several investigations on fibre-reinforced thermoplastic composites
have been reported in the literature. These composite materials are enjoying greater attention in
both academic and industrial communities due to their greater manufacturing flexibilities and
properties. Thermoplastic elastomers represent an area in both characteristics of thermoplastic
with the physical properties of vulcanized rubber. Some of the advantages of thermoplastic
elastomer over vulcanized rubber are; they do not require the process of vulcanization, i.e.
thermosetting process (this requires extra time for chemical reactions to occur) and they are
economical due to the elimination of compounding of rubbers with fillers, vulcanizing agents
and plasticizers. However, the main reason for developing reinforced thermoplastic composites
are due to their applications for various components in aerospace, automobile and related
industries where high performance materials are called for. Elastomer composites have been
used since early days of tyre production but matrix rubber production is a thermosetting process
and the matrix/fibre composites are not impregnated. Investigations have shown that non
impregnation can lead to layer separation and danger of skin poisoning. Thus manufacturing of
thermoplastic elastomer composites will combine the fast thermoplastic processing techniques
with the ability to produce rubber-like products.
8 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Conclusions
Yesterday‘s discovery is today‘s technology. Engineers will continue to contribute immensely
towards a better Nigeria.
Reference
Lawal, T. and Oluwatoyin, A, ( 2011). National Development in Nigeria: Issues, Challenges and
Prospects. Journal of Public Administration and Policy Research. Vol. 3, No 9
9 Gabriel O. Shonaike
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering Synergy
Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
The theme of this year‘s International conference ―Engineering Synergy Towards Solution in
National Development‖ is very germane and imperative in this contemporary time considering
the various developments in the field of engineering across the globe as it bridges the gap
between the Stone Age and the Modern Age. It also reveals how strengths are bridged, how
weaknesses are eliminated, how opportunities are harnessed and how threats are dissipated. We
have also seen Engineering responding to new waves of emerging issues and technology in the
world. People have started clamouring for synergy in Engineering because of its importance to
Engineering itself and to National Development. SYNERGY is such a powerful and
indispensable concept that if harnessed will bring about enviable national development. The
impacts of Engineering in the global environment over the years cannot be over- emphasized.
ABSTRACT
The role of Engineering in national development cannot be overemphasized. It is one of the
engines that drive development in any thriving and successful nation in the world through steady
and meaningful advancement in innovations and technology. It is therefore noteworthy that the
demand for development all over the world is increasing day by day with diverse trends and new
ideas in technological development across the entire engineering and non-engineering
fields. This has created a lot of bottlenecks in recent times arising from high volume of works
to be done, timely delivery of projects and has inadvertently resulted to dwindling national
development especially in Nigeria. In ensuring national development, it is imperative and
critically important for engineers and non-engineers to engage in result oriented synergy such
that will propel and yield developmental results in the country. Engineering family is a scientific
field that has to work together in a bond and spirit of oneness to achieve exponentially increased
result while ensuring that progress and transformational development does not suffer in any
society. The transformational strength of Engineers and engineering rests on synergy as
experienced in developed countries.
Having gone through the sub-themes of this conference, it becomes a bit difficult for my
Lead Paper to cover all the sixteen sub-themes identified for focus at this conference. I have
therefore decided to highlight on few specific issues in each of the three broad areas of the main
theme of the conference – Engineering, Synergy and National development. I fully intend to
utilize the opportunity to share my thoughts on a number of contemporary issues in
engineering that I hope will stimulate further insightful discussions, corporate actions and
ultimately, multidimensional synergy for an overall meaningful and positive impact on our
country‘s National Development.
In doing this, however, I have taken the liberty to give a more generous attention to the issue
after my heart in Engineering – Innovation. To do justice to this paper, my presentation is
shaped by my experience as a seasoned professional and a practicing Engineer of over three
decades. In view of this, my presentation is arranged into five sections. After this
introductory section, Section 2 focuses on Engineering with emphasis on the various branches
of Engineering, mind blowing innovations over the years and challenges that must be overcome
in order to achieve the National Development that we can all be proud of. In Section 3, we will
discuss the meaning of synergy, the need for synergy in Engineering and its benefits to
National Development. In Section 4, we will discuss National development with respect to
the components and contemporary challenges. Section 5 suggests possible solutions to the
contemporary challenges of National Development. The paper is concluded in Section 5.
Engineers are responsible for some of the most important advances in biomedicine and they
have played a key role in building the infrastructure around us – from roads to utility
networks. Engineers also play a role in the development of the food we eat and the development
of new materials, such as cutting-edge foams and coatings to be used in manufacturing. With
half the world living in poverty and millions of people without sufficient food or sanitation,
engineering continues to have a key role to play in helping countries to progress across the
world.
iii. Civil Engineering: This is one of the oldest forms of engineering that has to do with
design, construction, analysis, and maintenance of structures, both natural and manmade,
including bridges, roads, dams, and buildings.
iv. Chemical Engineering: A combination of different subjects such as experimental and life
sciences, Chemical Engineering focuses on the development of new materials and is crucial
for numerous engineering fields. Producing new useful materials and substances is essential
to humanity's future prosperity.
3.0 SYNERGY
The word synergy (pronounced SIN-ur-jee , from Greek synergia, meaning "cooperation," and
also synergos, meaning "working together") is the combined working together of two or more
parts of a system so that the combined effect is greater than the sum of the efforts of
the parts. Synergy means the combined power of a group of things when they are working
together that is greater than the total power achieved by each working separately (Byron, 2016).
There are several key concepts relevant to synergy including sharing, partnership,
interdependency, collaboration and power. To summarize the essence of synergy;
Synergy is a mutually beneficial and well-defined relationship entered into by two or
more organizations to achieve common goals.
The relationship includes a commitment to a definition of mutual relationships and goals,
a jointly developed structure and shared responsibility, mutual authority and
accountability for success, and sharing of resources and rewards
When COVID -19 started, at a point I came across an article on the internet from ―the
conversation independent academic and community research news website dated March 25,
2020‖ on ―Coronavirus: why we need to consult engineers as well as scientists for solutions”
which was written by an anonymous person challenging engineers to do something in curbing
the ravaging Corona virus. He stated that everyone was looking for solutions to the ravaging
corona virus from scientists. His points were substantiated by the statements made by some of
the world leaders. UK Prime Minister, Boris Johnson said the coronavirus outbreak has come to
show light on the use of experts and scientific advice and that his response to the Corona virus
outbreak was driven by scientific advice. (Skynews, Monday, 16th March, 2020). Similarly, the
Canadian Prime Minister, Justin Trudeau at a news conference held at his residence on 19th
March, 2020 urged people to “trust in science” while Germany‘s chancellor, Angela Merkel,
has referred to “consensus among experts” as a way of overcoming the deadly virus.
It should therefore be clearly stated that Engineers are among the experts mentioned by
Germany‘s Chancellor, Angela Markel. This is a call to synergy among experts of different
fields. It is obvious that scientific approach to curing the Coronavirus pandemic was the focus of
every government and individuals. The Question now is where is the place of Engineering?
What are engineers doing to mitigate the spread and or facilitate cure of the COVID-19
pandemic?
However, Engineers across the globe have come up with different innovations which had
resulted in the production/fabrication of different machines and equipment that could help in
stemming the ugly tide of the ravaging virus. The following are some of the innovations;
1. Ventilators
2. Pedal Operated hand washing and sanitizing machine
3. Solar powered/automated hand washing, sanitizing and drying machine
4. Non-contact, stand - Alone infra-red Temperature Sensing Device
5. Disinfection tunnels
6. Face shields etc
This has proven a level of synergy between engineers, scientists and health sectors. Since there is
no end to knowledge acquisition and progressive innovations and the fact that no profession can
thrive successfully in isolation, there is need for inter-professional synergy. There is a wide
range of non-professionals that engineers could synergize with, some of which are;
i. Anthropologists:
Anthropology is defined as “the study of what makes us human,” explores the broad range of
human ex peri ence . While engineers may take a technical approach to problem-solving,
anthropologists take a human approach. When t h e two approaches are put together, a
reasonable and acceptable solution will be provided. This is a synergy between social scientists
and engineers which benefit the global system. To tackle health issues on Medical Waste
Management, Anthropologist and Biomedical Engineer could synergize. (Gladys Ndagire,
2013).
ii. Psychologists
Similar to Anthropologists, Psychologists can help Engineers understand the human aspect of
their projects. In fact, psychology and engineering are intimately intertwined.
This article from Canada‘s Ryerson University explores the strong link between psychology
and civil engineering, focusing on ergonomics. The field of ergonomics uses information about
how humans interact with products, machines, and systems to optimize the design of those
products, machines, and systems. This requires understanding of both the humans (psychology)
and the technology (engineering). Ergonomics is vital to transportation, construction, and many
other areas of civil engineering. (Ryan Nabozniak, 2016).
Also, just like with anthropology, the link between engineering and psychology is so important
that there‘s a whole field devoted to it: Engineering Psychology.
iii. Architects
Engineer and architects need to work together all the time. This may sound obvious especially
on civil engineering projects.
Architects focus on form, engineers on function, and the end result is a building or other
structure.
The identified problem in the industry is that engineers and architects don‘t always work
together very well.
Architects think engineers don‘t care about how something looks, just about how it works.
Engineers think architects care only about how something looks, rather than about how it
works. This is because they approach the problems from two different perspectives which are
not true.
Fortunately, that‘s an easy problem to solve through education and communication. If
Engineers and Architects were to sit down and focus on understanding one another, they will
20 Engr. Dr. Dayo Hephzibah Oladebeye
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
likely discover their common ground. And once Engineers and Architects are on the same
page, the result will be great.
iv. Biologists
For many years, engineering and biology were close to opposite ends of the spectrum. But
nanotechnology, and in particular, Nano medicine, has changed all of that. The MIT-Harvard
Centre for Cancer Nanotechnology Excellence development of diversified portfolio of
nanoscale devices for targeted delivery of cancer therapies, diagnostics, non-invasive imaging
and molecular sensing which brought engineers, biologists, and medical doctors together was a
typical example of synergy. This has resulted in innovative treatments that neither discipline
could have achieved on its own.
v. Ecologists
In a 2013 editorial for Ecological Engineering, the journal‘s editor-in-chief Dr. William J.
Mitsch posed the question: “When will ecologists learn engineering and engineers learn
ecology?”
This question arose from Mitsch‘s evaluation of six major wetland restoration projects, only
two of which he views as successful and sustainable. If engineers and ecologists had worked
more closely, the results might have been more positive. (Journal of Ecological Engineering,
2013).
Indeed, there is a lot to be gained from a synergy between these two disciplines. For example,
Lisa Palmer has explored research showing how ecological principles can be incorporated into
water management products to make them more sustainable. And engineering projects that take
ecosystems into account are better at mitigating the effects of natural disasters, like flooding,
than either natural or engineered systems alone. (Journal of Ecological Engineering, 2013)
Both perspectives are important when designing and developing new aircraft.
1. Security Challenge: In recent times, Nigeria has been desecrated by social unrest,
including Boko Haram terrorism, herdsmen attacks, kidnappings, ritual killings and many
other unwholesome security challenges. Nigeria currently ranks 147th out of 163
Countries on the 2020 Global Peace Index (GPI), and 3rd globally among worst hit
by terrorism for four consecutive years according to the 2019 Global Terrorism Index
25 Engr. Dr. Dayo Hephzibah Oladebeye
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
(GTI) rankings. This has posed a very serious threat to National development.
3. High Rate of Rural and Urban Poverty: National Bureau of Statistics on Monday
4th May, 2020, published that Nigeria National Poverty rate currently stands at 40.09
per cent, representing 82.9 million persons. Urban poverty rate stood at 18.04 percent,
while the rural poverty rate is estimated at 52.1 percent, this is a challenge to national
development.
8. Large Pool of Illiteracy: based on available statistics, 62 per cent of Nigerians are
literate and 38 per cent are non-literate. "The out-of-school children are over 10 million,
while the non- literate Nigerians (youth and adults), over 70 million, so put together".
We have over 80 million citizens of Nigeria who cannot read and write or who lack
basic skills for modem living. (Unicef, 2019)
9. Poor Health Care: This takes into account the number of doctors per thousand people,
access to affordable medicine, etc. in Global healthcare Index, World Health
Organization (WHO) Ranks Nigeria 187 out of 190 in World Health Systems. In the
same manner, Nigeria has the lowest life expectancy rates in all of West Africa and the
third lowest in the world according to United Nations with the average life expectancy
around 53.7 for men and 55.4 years for women.
10. Poor Environmental Standards: Nigeria ranked 100 among 180 countries in the
2018 Environmental Performance Index (EPI), which compares, analyses and
understands environmental performance for those countries.
11. Rising Domestic and External Debt: Nigeria‘s total debt according to the Nigeria senate
and Nigeria Debt Management Office (DMO), stands at thirty three trillion Naira
(N33trilliion). This is a pointer to impending inflation which is usually characterized by
poverty.
will therefore create investment opportunities for the world. Specifically, sub-Saharan
Africa has investment potential of $13 billion in waste management, $89 billion in
Renewable energy, $159 billion in Public Transportation, $101 billion in climate-smart
water, $344 billion in Electric vehicles and $768 billion in Green buildings. Nigeria‘s
estimated climate smart investment potential is over $104 billion from 2016– 2030 in
selected sectors. (International Finance Corporation (IFC) Climate Investment Opportunity
Report, 2016). Engineers should therefore be actively involved in climate control, waste
management, renewable energy, transportation and green buildings.
Insecurity: Engineers should synergize with security agencies in the area of technologies
which has advanced so well that if harnessed, would reasonably curb insecurity in any
country. Engineering efforts should therefore be geared towards the production and deployment
of reliable surveillance, intelligence gathering, identification and communication
tools such as, Closed Circuit Television (CCTV), Satellite imagery, biometric
surveillance, data mining and profiling, radio-frequency identification and geo- location
devices, mobile telephony systems, social network surveillance, DNA, facial recognition and
finger printing technologies to curb insecurity challenge in the country (Oludare et al.,
2015).
6. Renewable Energy: Globally, there are an estimated 7.7 million jobs associated with the
renewable energy industries, with solar photovoltaic system being the largest renewable
employer. Worldwide investments in renewable technologies amounted to more than US$286
billion in 2015. In 2017, worldwide investments in renewable energy amounted to US$279.8
billion with China accounting for US$126.6 billion or 45% of the global investments, the United
States for US$40.5 billion and Europe for US$40.9 billion. Sub- Saharan Africa still has the
investment potential of US$89 billion. As of 2019, more than two-thirds of worldwide newly
installed electricity capacity was renewable. Growth in consumption of coal and oil could end
by 2020 due to increased uptake of renewable and natural gas. (Renewable Energy Journal,
2018).
6.0 CONCLUSION
It is a known fact that Engineering is central to the well-being development of every nation. The
past and present contributions of engineering to the nation cannot be overemphasized. Its
creativity and dynamism evolves continuously to meet human needs and contribute to nation
building. Engineering is pervasive in our modern society, enabling every sector from
communication and entertainment to finance and healthcare, as well as its more
visible applications in construction, manufacturing and transport. Progress is driven, as it
has always been, by human curiosity and experimentation, but resources are finite and the art
of engineering is to devise affordable solutions to problems. It should however be noted that no
discipline can sufficiently survive in isolation.
7.0 RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Engineers should be more proactive in their response to the nation‘s population growth
by synergizing with relevant agencies to put sustainable measures in terms of technological
innovations in place to forestall the vices that may arise with it.
2. Technological development should be promoted within the country.
3. There should be synergy between Engineers and security sector on the use of technology
to curb insecurity in the country.
4. Mining Sector should be extensively revitalized and illegal mining should be curbed as
much as possible.
5. Engineers should be involved extensively in finding solutions to reducing carbon
emissions alongside ensuring increased portions of the world‘s population have access to
sustainable power.
6. Engineers should put in more efforts towards harnessing and utilizing our natural
resources profitably and for generating additional income through sustainable mining
activities.
7. Engineers should be intensely involved to ensure provision of quality, affordable
and sustainable Health Care delivery for all Citizens.
8. Government and Investors should provide affordable housing scheme for rural
dwellers through the great contributions of Engineers working in Synergy with these
stakeholders.
36 Engr. Dr. Dayo Hephzibah Oladebeye
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
8.0 References
Akingbagbohun, F. (2018), The role of Engineers in National Economy Development.,
Lecture delivered at Covenant University, Otta on 21st February, 2018
Byron Seastrunk (2016), A Proposal For Developing Engineering Synergy, Engineer, General,
New, Technology, https://opinionbypen.com/developing-engineering-synergy/.
Carree, M. A., and Thurik, A. R. (1999), Industrial structure and economic growth, in
D.B. International Finance Corporation, Climate Investment Opportunity Report, 2016
Audretsch and A.R. Thurik (eds.), Innovation, Industry Evolution and Employment,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 86-1
Chete, L. N. Adeoti, J. O. Adeyinka, F. M. and Ogundele, O. (2013), Industrial development and
growth in Nigeria: Lessons and challenges, Learning to compete, Africa Growth
Initiative at Brookings (AGI).
Constable, G., Somerville, B. (2003), A Century of Innovation: Twenty Engineering
Achievements That Transformed Our Lives, Washington, DC: Joseph Henry Press.
https://doi.org/10.17226/10726.
National Bureau of Statistics (NBS), report on 4th May, 2020. National Bureau of Statistics
(NBS) 2019 report.
Oludare. A. I., Omolara, O. E., Umar, A. M., Kemi, D. V. (2015), The Use of ICT Tools in
Tackling Insecurity and Terrorism Problem in Nigeria, Network and Complex
Systems, Vol. 5, No. 5: 21-39.
Royal Academy of Engineering; Engineering for a successful nation., Key findings
from Assessing the economic returns of engineering research and postgraduate training
in the UK, 20th March, 2015.
Ryan Nabozniak (2016), Collaboration and Communication, General Engineering, November
9, 2016. http://www.engineeringchallenges.org/14373/GrandChallengesBlog/8275.aspx
https://theconversation.com/coronavirus-why-we-need-to-consult-engineers-as-well-as-
scientists- for-solutions-134460
https://news.un.org/en/story/2014/07/472752-more-half-worlds-population-now-living-urban-
areas-un-survey-finds
https://interestingengineering.com/9-inventions-from-the-21st-century-that-are-still-shaping-our-
world-today
https://www.jacarandafm.com/unpublished-articles/lifestyle_old/8-best-inventions-21st-century/
http://www.engineeringchallenges.org/14373/GrandChallengesBlog/8275.aspx
http://www.myengineers.com.ng/2020/03/27/coronavirus-why-we-need-to-consult-
engineersas-
well-as-scientists-for-solutions/ https://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/synergy
https://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/society/national-development-meaning-and-problems/
76824
9.0 APPRECIATION
Thank you all.
May I also commend the organisers of this conference for their foresight in assembling
technocrats, professionals, and stakeholders to rub minds and proffer solutions to national
development with engineers playing a starring role.
1.1 Background.
This presentation examines the field of engineering as a viable tool with the potential to spur
economic development within the international community. It provides an overview of the
synergy between engineering education and engineering practice and further describes the
significant role engineering technology plays through its different processes to influence the
economic development of a nation.
2. Engineering
The word engineer (ingeniator) is derived from the Latin words ingeniare ("to create, generate,
contrive, devise") and ingenium ("cleverness") [1],[2],[3]. According to National Society of
Professional Engineers (NSPE), Engineering involves the application of scientific analytic
principles and processes to reveal the properties and state of the system, device or mechanism
under study [4].
repairs mechanical or electrical devices [5, 6]. According to Wikipedia, Engineers, are define as
practitioners of engineering, professionals who invent, design, analyse, build and test machines,
complex systems, structures, gadgets and materials to fulfil functional objectives and
requirements while considering the limitations imposed by practicality, regulation, safety and
cost [7]. According to US Department of Labour, "Engineers are those who apply the theories
and principles of science and mathematics to research and develop economical solutions to
technical problems. Their work is the link between perceived social needs and commercial
applications. Engineers design products, machinery to build those products, plants in which those
products are made, and the system that ensure the quality of the products and the efficiency of
the workforce and manufacturing process" [8, 9].
Education in primary and secondary schools often serves as the foundation for engineering
education at the university level. In Nigeria, a bachelor‘s degree in engineering variously called
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Technology in Nigerian universities,
earned in an accredited engineering programme, is the minimum academic requirement for
becoming a registered engineer in Nigeria [11].
i. Educational Growth
ii. Community Development
iii. Engineers in the Industry
iv. Politics and Public Service
practice. Engineers instils in undergraduates the need for entrepreneurship skills for economic
growth, rather than finding and making the most of get rich quick activities [15].
can provide an economical source of energy without the purchase of fuel. The installation of
SHP is usually on a small dammed pool, at the top of a waterfall, with several hundred feet of
pipe leading to a small generator housing, from where transmission is done to the end-users or
consumers [20].
For the reverse engineering process, A computer aided design software known as Pro-E was used
in the capturing of the features that include the 3D outlook, cross sectional view and the
exploded view of the system prior to production.
Fig 4: Produced component of the SHP Turbine from locally sourced scraps and tools
5.2. Yam Pounding Machine (YPM) produced by Engr. Aigbovbiosa, Osagie Jolly
Pounded yam, is a local delicacy in Nigeria, which has been classified as special food. It is
always prepared using a local means of mortar and pestle. The mechanical preparation of
pounded yam at home using simple machine is crucial because of advances in technical
advancement. Several attempts made on home-built devices require further research and
development for this purpose [21]. Yam Pounding Machine (YPM): Technology development
provided an option to build processing machines, which resulted in the pounded yam being
prepared quickly, efficiently and smoothly
Achieving this is usually seamless when governments create enabling environment where the
learning and practice of engineering across all discipline can thrive. Awareness of the importance
and practice of the discipline should also be created, and taught from the primary grade level of
the educational system. Furthermore, for sustainability of the engineers involvement in national
development to be ensured and sustained, engineers should be trained and re-trained,
benchmarking global best practices, providing appropriate incentives, where applicable
especially to lead new frontiers in research.
Reference
[1]. Pevsner, N. (1942). "The Term 'Architect' in the Middle Ages". Speculum. 17 (4): 549–
562. doi:10.2307/2856447. JSTOR 2856447
[2]. Oxford Concise Dictionary (1995). https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Engineers (Accessed:
April 15th, 2020).
[3]. "Engineer". Oxford Dictionaries (2010). Oxford University Press. (Accessed: April 15th,
2020)
[4]. Bureau of Labour Statistics, U. S. Department of Manual Labour
(2006). "Engineers". Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2006–07 Edition. (Accessed: May
21st, 2020).
[5]. Engineer‖ Collins Dictionary (2020), HarperCollins Publishers.
https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/engineer (Accessed: May 11th,
2020)
[6]. Auyang, S. Y. (2006). Engineering—an endless frontier. Harvard University Press.
[7]. ―Engineer‖. National Society of Professional Engineers (2006).
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Engineer (Accessed: April 10th, 2020)
[8]. U. S. Department of Labour Website: http://www.bls.gov/oco/ocos027.htm (Accessed:
May 15th, 2020).
[9]. National Research Council. (2009). Engineering in K-12 education: Understanding the
status and improving the prospects. National Academies Press.
ABSTRACT
This paper develops a two level access control for an improved electronic banking
operations. The system employed RFID and fingerprint biometric characteristics access
control with the use of 8051 micro-controller. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) and
fingerprint is interfaced with AT89C51 to provide secured access to Automated Teller
machine (ATM) and relevant messages are displayed on a Liquid crystal display (LCD). The
design algorithm uses 8051 microcontroller, RFID reader, RFID tag and principle of serial
communication for the implementation. Evaluation of the system was done based on the level
of security and authentication of finger print signature. RFID tag used shows that the bar
can be encrypted compared to the pin code existing tag embedded in the present ATM
system. Further analysis of the result also shows an improved performance in terms of
enhancing the security of e-banking activities.
INTRODUCTION
Over the last decades, introduction of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) into
different facets of human endeavors (Adegoke, Adegoke, Akingbade, and Salako, 2015),
banking system inclusive could not be under-estimated. Automated Teller Machines (ATMs)
have become as much a part of the landscape as the phone booths made famous by Superman. As
a result of their ubiquity, people casually use these virtual cash dispensers without a second
thought (Gynanendra and Pawan, 2010). The notion that something could go wrong never cross
the minds. Unfortunately, things are not always as they seem with the ATM. Most ATM scams
involve criminal theft of debit card numbers and personal identification numbers (PINs) from the
innocent users of these machines (Kowtko, 2014; Hasan and Nur, 2012). There are several
variations of the confidence scheme, but all involve the unknowing cooperation of the
cardholders themselves (Chintaiah and Dhanraj, 2011; Adegoke, Omidiora, Falohun and Ojo,
2013). Frauds in the financial sector is still alarming, in Nigeria, as revealed by Popoola, et al.,
2018). It runs into Billions of naira lost in Nigeria banks, both reported and there are many that
were not reported at all (CBN Annual Reports, 2019). There are similar menaces in the
developed nations amounting to €1.8 Billion, according to the 2019 European Central Bank
(ECB) report (Gabelgảrd, 2019).
In accordance to the ‗Nigeria Payments System Vision 2020‘, the CBN aimed at facilitating
economic activities by providing safe and efficient mechanisms for making and receiving
payments with minimum risks to the central bank, payment service providers and end users,
extending the availability and usage to all sectors and geographies, banked and unbanked, and
conforming to internationally accepted regulatory, technical and operational standards (Sanusi,
2013).
In Nigeria the deployment of ATM by banks and its use by bank customers is just gaining
ground and has burgeoned in recent times. This has happened especially after the recent
consolidation of banks, which has in all probability, made it possible for more banks to afford to
deploy ATMs or at least become part of shared networks (Fasan, 2007). The increased
deployment of ATMs in the banking sector has made the issue of technology relevance important
(Mohammed, 2013; Ola, Adegoke, Ogundimu and Ojodu, 2015; Eniola and Afolabi, 2015).
ATM services have a history that is less than ten years in Nigeria. At first, they were operated as
elitist services designed for those desirous of exclusive service. Cards were rare and the process
for obtaining them tortuous.
Presently, the use of ATM cards has been widely promoted. Banks no longer appear to have
personal contact with their customers. Some banks have resorted to penalizing the customer as it
were, for not possessing an ATM card, by debiting the account of such a customer for
withdrawing below a certain amount across the counter. Agboola reported that although only a
bank had an ATM in 1998 but by 2004, fourteen of them had acquired the technology (Agboola,
2011). He also discovered that the adoption of ICT in banks has produced largely positive
outcomes such as improved customer services, more accurate records, ensuring convenience in
business time, prompt and fair attention, and faster services etc. Also, the banks‘ image is
improved creating a more competent market (Weis, Rivest, Engels, Hutter, Muumller, Stephan,
and Ullmann, 2003). Work has also been made easier, and more interesting, the competitive edge
of banks, relationship with customers, and the solution of basic operational and planning
problems has been improved.
Nowadays most bank customers operate with the use of ATM card. The ATM card is an RFID
passive tag (Syam and Ravindra, 2012). Every customer now use the ATM card on the ATM
machine to dispense cash and do some other transaction like recharge card, pay bills, transfer
fund. But the security of this card is not guaranteed as a result of the careless handling of the
ATM card and password on the side of the bank customers. This makes the customers to
complain about different ATM fraud on customers account. There is rise in the number of ATM
employed by banks as the year run and also there is a rise in fraudulent activities perpetrated
through the facility (Adeoti, 2011). Banking activities fraud exist in most countries of the world,
developed nations are not exempted.
Most ATM scams involve criminal theft of debit card numbers and personal identification
numbers (PINs) from the innocent users of these machines or, shoulder surfing, Lebanese loop,
card jamming, use of fake cards, duplicated card, card swapping and ATM burglers (Adeoti,
2011; Chintaiah and Dhanraj, 2011; Hasan and Nur, 2012; Kowtko, 2014). Most of the
fraudulent activities with ATM transaction has the cooperation of bank officials (Popoola,
Fakunle, Omole and Oyedeji, 2018). In year 2014, ATM were major victims of fraudulent
activities in terms of volume as it experienced the highest number of fraudulent transactions
(Annual Review, 2015). In 2014, the Central Switch, Nigeria Interbank Settlement plc (NIBBS),
processed over 100 million. Transactions in terms of volume with a corresponding value of over
N40 Trillion (over USD 208 Billion). Furthermore, the volume of transactions grew by over 50%
between 2013 and 2014 (NIBBS) (Table 2).
Table 1. Total transaction volume and value processed by NCS (Nigeria Central Switch)
Year Volume Value
2013 74,059,575 34,191,968,951,140
2014 113,421,933 43,857,678,478,941
% Change 53% Increase 28% Increase
Increased use of electronic platforms (non-cheques) accounted for 86% of the overall transaction
volume and 82% in terms of value which is an increase over the year 2013 by 6% in both
transaction volume and value.
Table 2. Transaction volume and value processed by NCS categorized by payment types
Product 2013 2014
Table 3. Total fraud volume, attempted fraud value and actual loss value across all channels on
the NCS
Year Fraud Attempted fraud Actual Loss
volume reported value reported value reported
2013 822 19,148,787,069 485,194,350
As reported, technology will continue to change the battlefield for fraud in 2016 is true for
financial industries (Ren, Huang and Lin, 2003). It was identified that things that will change the
fraud landscape in 2016 among others include: fraudsters increased sophistication through social
networks, shift of more fraud platform to mobile, financial companies handling of less data,
advanced machine learning combined with human detectives will be critical to fraud prevention
and finally, data and advanced analytics will play a larger role in regulatory and compliance
effort (Ren, Huang, and Lin, 2003). Activities of fraudsters are increasing all over the world,
both in volume and value, and it is being shifted to the use of ICT-driven tools (Fraud in 2014,
2015; Hick, 2019).
Biometric identification is an emerging technology which gains more attention in recent years. It
employs physiological or behavioral characteristics to identify an individual (Richard, Yong, and
Kai, 2007). A biometric characteristic is a biological phenomenon‘s physical or behavioral
characteristics that can be used in order to recognize. Physiological characteristics are
characteristics that are genetically implied such as iris, fingerprint, face, etc. Behavioral or
55 Adegoke et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
psychological characteristics are characteristics that are acquired or learned during life such as
handwritten, signature, a person‘s gait, her typing dynamics or voice characteristics, (Schatten,
Miroslav and Cubrillo, 2009). Inclusion of biometric technologies has been discovered to
increase security (Omidiora, Adegoke, Falohun, and Ojo, (2015); Falohun, Omidiora, Akanni,
and Awofadeju, (2013). Biometric propert(y/ies) can improve security and customer satisfaction
of bank services (Agidi, 2018).
Some of the problems existing in ATM services include inability to trace wrong users,
undispensed but deducted cash, card sharing by friends and family members (Agidi, 2018).
Many of the electronic devices, ATM have lent themselves to fraudulent activities (Olaleye and
Fashina, 2019). A system that will eradicate the use of password and use biometric properties
such as fingerprint needs to be implemented. Also, a system that uses magnetic strip instead of
inserting the ATM card into the ATM machine needs to be developed. Also in the pursuance of
Nigeria Payment System This prompted to the development of automated RFID with fingerprint
access control system for our modern banks in Nigeria. Forensic is a good technological way of
fighting fraud in banking services (India Fraud survey, 2019).
Therefore, there is need to enhance the security system of bank ATMs. In view of this, radio
frequency identification (RFID) system and fingerprint access control system in modern banks is
developed. This will provide more security than other systems because it allows only authorized
persons to access the ATM with RFID and Fingerprint. The objectives of this work are to
develop a security system that uses fingerprint biometrics and RFID as well as to create and
simulate the circuit using Proteus software.
Start a
Enter RFID tag
Punch on the
fingerprint
capturing
Does the
RFID code
Does the
Message GSM fingerprint
of authorized signature
owner
Run the
Does the
accounting
password procedure
Stop
Fig 1: Block Diagram of the RFID and Fingerprint access control system
Figure 2a: Circuit Diagram of the Power Supply for the ATM
Figure 2b: Circuit Diagram of the Power Supply for the ATM
Source: Designed with Proteus Software
REFERENCES
Adegoke, B. O., Adegoke, O. F., Akingbade, M. A. and Salako, R. J., (2015). Impact of social
networks on academic performance of students in secondary schools. IMPACT: Journal
of Research in Engineering and Technology, 1(1): 25 – 32.
Adegoke, B. O., Omidiora, E. O., Falohun, S. A. and Ojo, J. A., (2013). Iris Segmentation: a
survey. International Journal of Modern Engineering Research (IJMER), 3(3): 1263 –
1267.
61 Adegoke et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Adeoti, J. O., (2011). Automated Teller Machine (ATM) Frauds in Nigeria: The way Out.
Journal of Social Sciences, 27(1): 53-58.
Agboola, A. (2006) Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in banking operations in
Nigeria: An evaluation of recent experiences. Retrieved December 25, 2007.
Agidi, R. C., (2018). Biometrics: The Future of Banking and Financial Services Industry in
Nigeria. International Journal of Electronics and Information Engineering, 9(2): 91-105.
Annual Review, (2015). Financial Fraud Action, UK Annual Review, pp. 1-34.
Chintaiah, K. R. and Dhanraj, V. (2011) Automated advanced industrial and home security using
GSM and FPGA‖, IJCSIT, 2(4):1598-1602.
Falohun, A. S., Omidiora, E. O., Akanni, A. O. and Awofadeju, A. S., (2013). Remote access
control system using Iris Signature. Proceedings of the World Congress on Engineering
and Computer Science, (WCECS, 2013), San Francisco, vol. 1.
Fasan, R. (2007). Banks, customer relation and use of ATM cards, Business Day Newspaper,
Retrieved February 28, 2008, from http://www.businessdayonline.com/
Fraud in 2014, (2015). Fraud in 2014. UK fraud trends, CIFAS: Leaders in fraud prevention, pp.
1 – 24.
Gabelgảrd, S., (2019). Nets Fraud Report. Payments Industry Intelligence, Payments Cards &
Mobile, Nets.
Gynanendra K. V. and Pawan T. (2010) A Digital security system with door lock system using
RFID technology, International Journal of Computer Applications, 5(11): 0975 – 8887.
Hasan M. and Nur, K. M, (2012) Anovel 3-Layer user authentication system for remote
Accessibility, Computer and Information Technology (ICCIT), 15th International
Conference, 44(1):445.
Hick, D., (2019). Global Banking Fraud Survey: The Multi-faceted threat of fraud. KMMG
International Cooperative, Forensic Lead, Asia Pacific, KPMG in Singapore.
Kowtko, M. A. (2014) Biometric authentication for older adults, Systems Applications and
Technology Conference (LISAT), IEEE Long Island, 1(6):2.
Mohammad A., (2013) Microcontroller Based Reprogrammable Digital Door Lock Security
System by Using Keypad & GSM/CDMA Technology‖, IOSR Journal of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering (IOSR-JEEE) 4(6):38-42.
Nets Fraud Report, (2019). European Fraud Report: Payments Industry Challenges. Payments
Industry Intelligence, Payments Cards & Mobile, Nets.
Ola, B. O., Adegoke, B. O., Ogundimu, A. F., and Ojodu, W. O., (2015). Biometric Integration
for Improved e-Business Applications. International Journal of Electronics
Communication and Computer Technology (IJECCT), 5(1): 799 – 805.
62 Adegoke et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Olaleye, J. O. and Fashina, A. F., (2019). Electronic Banking Fraud in Nigeria: Effects and
Controls. Global Scientific Journals (GSJ), 7(8): 52-65
Omidiora, E. O., Adegoke, B. O., Falohun, A. S and Ojo, J. A., (2015), Iris Recognition System:
Technical Overview, IMPACT: International Journal of
Popoola, A. F., Fakunle, I. O., Omole, I. I. and Oyedeji, O., (2018). Bank Fraud and its Effect on
Nigerian Economy- A Study of Selected Quoted Banks. European Journal of
Accounting, Auditing and Finance Research, 6(8): 104 -120.
Ren F., Huang H and Lin C., (2003) Wireless sensor network, Journal of Software 14(7):1282-
1291.
Richard, Yew Fatt Ng, Yong, Haur Tay and Kai Ming Mok, (2007). An effective segmentation
method for iris recognition system.
Sanusi, L. S., (2013). Payments System Vision 2020 version 2.0.5. Central Bank of Nigeria.
Page 3.
Schatten Markus, Baca Miroslav and Cubrillo, (2009). Towards a general definition of biometric
systems. International journal of computer science issues, vol. 8, pp. 1-7.
Syam K. and Ravindra, J., (2012) Design and Implementation of Remote Home Security System
Based on WSNS and GSM Technology, IJESAT, 2(1):139-14.
Weis, S. S., Rivest, R., Engels, D. Hutter, D. Muumller, G., Stephan, W. and Ullmann, M.,
(2003) Security and privacy aspects of low-cost radio frequency identification systems,
Proc. Int. Conf. Security in Pervasive Computing., 28(2):454-469.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Technological advancement coupled with industrialization and urbanization in conjunction with
human accretion has led to increase in waste production and accumulation all over the globe and
the release of deleterious heavy metals to water bodies (Benchima et al., 2008; Motsi, et al.,
2009; Liu and Sang, 2010). These toxic metals are a spin-off from different anthropogenic
sources such as pharmaceuticals, pesticides, petrochemicals, textiles, mining, tanneries, rubber
and plastics, metallurgical and agrochemical industries (Ariffin et al., 2017; Lakherwal, 2014).
Studies have shown that human bodies are highly susceptible to heavy metals exposure.
Continuing exposure could lead to various health challenges that have been a subject of interest
to health practitioners and environmentalists (Ariffin et al., 2017; Annadurai et al., 2003).
Research has shown that the most frequently found toxic heavy metals are cadmium and lead
(Singh et al., 2011; Mudhoo, et al., 2012). This is attributed to its use as an anticorrosion
protective coating and in the production of plastics, glass, and pigments.
With the introduction of sterner legislation concerning wastewater disposal to the ecosystem;
researchers are constantly looking for new techniques or modify the present technology for
heavy metal removal before discharged into the environment.
Conventional technologies used in the removal of heavy metals from wastewater include ion-
exchange, adsorption, coagulation-flocculation, reduction, chemical precipitation, membrane
filtration, flotation and electrochemical (Fu and Wang, 2011; Cheng et al., 2012; Javadian et al.,
2015). The drawback‘s associated with these conventional methods include high energy cost,
high sludge production, disposal problems, bye-product formation, adsorbent regeneration, short
half-life and revenant expenses that are not suited for cottage industries (Ariffin et al., 2016).
The most prevalent physicochemical method utilized in the removal of heavy metals in
wastewater is the adsorption method using activated carbon as adsorbent (Huang and
Blankenship, 1984). Literature has shown that the most commonly used activated carbons are
derived from coal, wood and coconut shell (Deliyanni et al., 2015). These precursors are not
cost-effective and often imported, hence researchers are finding other alternative feedstock from
cellulosic materials that is effective, cheap, available and has high sorption capacity (Ariffin et
al., 2017; Mohana et al., 2007; pollards et al., 1992; Ali and El-Bishtawi, 1997; Deliyanni et al.,
2015).
Osakwe et al. (2014) studied the adsorption of Pb2+ and Cd2+ ions from synthetic wastewaters
using activated carbon from Adonosia digitata fruit shells and Theobroma cocoa pods. The
physicochemical and adsorption properties of the activated carbon from cellulosic materials were
65 Abdullahi et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
studied at 32 2 oC with a particle size ranged between 300 – 400 . They observed that the
2+ 2+
percentage of Pb and Cd ions adsorbed increases with the increase of contact time and
adsorbent dose. Carrying out comparative analysis in terms of adsorption capacity between the
two activated carbons produced, ADFS showed higher monolayer adsorption capacity for the
two metallic ions investigated. Other cellulosic materials suitable for heavy metal removal
reported including moss (low and lee, 1987), banana and orange peels (Annadurai et al., 2002),
hulls and bran (Marshall et al., 1993), polymerized corncob (Henderson et al., 1977),
unprocessed sugarcane bagasse (Mohan and Singh, 2002), bagasse fly ash (Gupta and Sharma,
2003) and water-hyacinth roots (Low et al., 1994).
Mohtashami et al. (2018) evaluated and optimized the production of activated carbon from
sugarcane bagasse using phosphoric acid to determine the degree of affinity of the produced AC
towards phenol. They found that the optimum temperature of activated carbon production was
550 oC with an impregnation ratio of 1.5. The AC showed high efficiency with 95% phenol
removal in 30 min at a pH of 4.
The removal of heavy metallic ions from pharmaceutical effluent using composite activated
carbons from sugarcane bagasse and groundnut shell has not been fully documented. This paper
seeks to evaluate the potential of using composite activated carbon prepared from sugarcane
bagasse (SCB) and groundnut shell (GNS) for the removal of Zn2+, Pb2+ and Cd2+ ions from
pharmaceutical effluent.
containers and properly labelled as Sample C for further experimental investigations and
characterization.
flask was corked and agitated at 350 rpm within each contact times (0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 and
120 min) and aliquots were taken, filtered and analyzed using AAS.
1 C dC ' 1 C
t
KAp C0
C ' KAp C
ln 0 C >> C* (2.5)
Table 1: Concentration of Metallic Ions in the Effluent Wastewater before Adsorptive Treatment
S/N Metallic Ions Concentration (ppm)
1 Chromium (Cr) 0.0627
2 Lead (Pb) 0.0636
3 Iron (Fe) 0.0019
4 Zinc (Zn) 0.1373
5 Manganese (Mn) 0.0331
6 Calcium (Ca) 0.0668
7 Nickel (Ni) 0.0420
8 Cadmium (Cd) 0.0100
Source: NARICT (2018)
Table 2: Proximate Analysis and pore characteristics of Activated Carbon from Composite SCB
and GNS
Activated Carbon CAC
Moisture (%) 10.31
Ash content (%) 5.11
Volatile solids (%) 14.37
Fixed carbon (%) 70.21
2 -1
BET surface area (m g ) 937.286
3
Micropore volume (cm /g) 0.4832
Average pore diameter (A) 17.93
The result also shows that activated carbon produced from the blend of SCB and GNS (sample
C) showed a high surface area and enhance micropores. This is an indication of better adsorption
capacity and falls within the range of standard commercial activated carbon.
The morphological photomicrograph of the CAC (C) synthesized at 500 oC before adsorption is
shown in Figures 2. Figure 2 exhibits well-developed and visible microspores. Mohtashami et al.
(2018) reported an optimal thermal condition of 500 oC that produced an enhanced microporous
structure. It is worth noting that the activation temperature could be responsible for the irregular
surface with a larger amount of fragments.
cm-1
Figure 3: The FTIR Spectra of CAC before adsorption
100
90
80
% Removal of Zn, Pb, Cd
70
60
50 % Removal(Zn)
40 % Removal(Pb)
30 % Removal(Cd)
20
10
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
Dosage (g)
100
90
% Removal of Zn, Pb and Cd
80
70
60
50 % Removal(Zn)
40 % Removal(Pb)
30 % Removal(Cd)
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Time (min)
Figure 5: Effect of residence time on adsorption efficiency
Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models were used to disclose the relationship between the
amounts of metal ion adsorbed on the CAC and the metal ion concentration in the
pharmaceutical effluent. The empirical data obtained were fitted to the models to understand the
adsorption mechanism associated with lead, zinc and cadmium ions. Tables 3 and 4 show the
constant values associated with Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models for each metallic ion.
The values depict the degree of affinity and physiognomy of the CAC. Langmuir model assumed
a monolayer of molecules exists on an adsorbent and could be reversible, while Freundlich
isotherm describes the degree of homogeneity of the activated carbon surface. The results
(Tables 3 and 4) showed high correlation coefficients (r2 > 95%) for the isotherms investigated.
This is an indication that the adsorption of Pb, Zn, and Cd ions could be well described by
Langmuir and Freundlich isotherm models. Won et al. (2006) suggested that the value of n less
than 1 indicates favourable adsorption and formation of a relatively stronger bond between the
adsorbate and the adsorbent (Mohan and Karthikeyan, 1997).
Table 5 shows the approximate time required for the concentration of the ionic pollutants in the
pharmaceutical effluent to drop to the desired level. With a constant mass transfer coefficient
(1.8x10-6 m/s) and surface area per liquid volume (1087.28 m2/m3), the result shows that it takes
approximately 96.225, 95.182 and 83.683 min for Zn, Pb and Cd ions concentration in the
pharmaceutical wastewater to reach equilibrium respectively. The simulated result based on the
unsteady state mass balance for batch adsorption, the time obtained compared strongly with the
experimental values obtained as depicted in Figure 5. The difference could be attributed to slight
variation during experimentation.
References
Ali, A. A. H. and El-Bishtawi, R. (1997). Removal of Lead and Nickel Ions Using Zeolite
Tuff, Journal of Chemical Technology and Biotechnology, 69(1), 27-34.
Annadurai, G., Juang, R.S. and Lee, D. J. (2003). Adsorption of Heavy Metals from Water
Using Banana and Orange Peels, Water Science and Technology, 47 (1), 185-190.
APHA (1998). Standard Methods for The Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Ed.
American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association
(AWWA), Water Environment Federation (WEF), Washington, D.C., USA.
Armenante, P. M. (2015). Adsorption, New Jersey Institute of Technology (NJIT), 201093955
slideshare.
Ariffin, N., Abdullahi, M. M A., Zainol, M. R. R., Murshed, M. F., Zain, H., Faris, M. A. and
Bayuaji, R. (2017). Review on Dsorption of Heavy Metal in Wastewater by Using
Geopolymer, MATEC Webof Conferences 97, 01023. DOI:
10.1051/Matecconf/201797011023.
Auta, M. and Hameed, B. H. (2011). Preparation of Waste Tea Activated Carbon Using
Potassium Acetate as an Activating Agent For Adsorption of Acid Blue 25 dye, Chem.
Eng. J. 171, 502.
AOAC (1990). Association of Official Analytical Chemists Methods of Analysis, 15th Edition,
Washington DC, USA. Pp 69-88.
Benhima, H., Chiban, M., Sinan, F., Seta, P. and Persin, M. (2008). Removal of Lead and
Cadmium ions from Aqueous Sodium by Adsorption onto Micro-particles of Dry Plants:
Colloids Surf. B, Biointerfaces, 61:10-16.
Charlotte, A. S. (2002). Managing Pharmaceutical Waste, Journal of the Pharmacy Society Of
Wisconsin, 17-22.
Chen, Z., Ma, L., Li, S., Geng, J., Song, Q., Lui, J., Wang, C., Wang, H., Li, J., Qin, Z. and Li, S.
(2011). Simple Approach to Carboxyl-Rich Materials Through Low Temperature Heat
Treatment of Hydrothermal Carbon in Air, Applied Surface Science, 257: 8686–8691.
Cheng, T. W., Lee, M. L., Ko, M. S., Ueng, T. H. and Yang, S. F. (2012). The Heavy Metal
Adsorption Characteristics on Metakaolin-Based Geopolymer, Applied Clay
Science, 56, 90-96.
Fu, Q. and Wang, F. (2011). Removal of Heavy Metal Ions from Wastewaters: A Review.
Journal of Environmental Management, 92:407–418.
Guan, B. T. H., Latif, P. A. and Yap, T. Y. H. (2013). Physical Preparation of Activated Carbon
from Sugarcane Bagasse and Corn Husk and Its Physical and Chemical Characteristic.
International Journal of Engineering Research and Science and Technology, 2(3), 1-14.
Gupta, V. K. and Sharma, S. (2003). Removal Of Zinc From Aqueous Solutions Using Bagasse
Fly Ash-A Low Cost Adsorbent. Journal of American Chemical Society, 42:6619– 6624.
Huang, C. P. and Blankenship, D. W. (1984). The Removal of Mercury (II) from Dilute
Aqueous Solution by Activated Carbon, Wat. Res.,18, 37 - 46.
Ho, Y.S. and McKay, G. (1999). The Sorption of Lead Ions on Peat. Water Research, 33, 578-
584, 1999.
Javadian, H.,Ghorbani, F.,Tayebi, H. A. and Asl, S. H. (2015). Study of the Adsorption of Cd
(II) From Aqueous Solution Using Zeolite-Based Geopolymer, Synthesized From Coal
Fly Ash; Kinetic, Isotherm and Thermodynamic Studies, Arabian Journal of Chemistry,
8.6, 837-849.
Langmuir, I. (1918). The Adsorption Of Gases On Plane Surfaces Of Glass, Mica And Platinum,
Journal of American Chemical Society, 40:1362-1403.
77 Abdullahi et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Liu, H. H. and Sang, S. X. (2010). Study on the Law of Heavy Metal Leaching in Municipal
Solid Waste Landfill, Environ. Monit. Assess., 165, 349-363.
Low, K. S. and Lee, C. K. (1987). The Sorption Characteristics of Lead and Copper by the
Moss, Calymperes Delessertii Besch, Pertanika, 10, 321-326.
Low, K. S., Lee, C. K. and Leo, A. C. (1995). Removal of Metals from Electroplating Wastes
Using Banana Pith, Bioresour. Technol., 51, 227-231.
Marshall, W. E., Champagne, E. T. and Evans, W. J. (993). Use of Rice Milling By-products
(Hulls and Bran) to Remove Metal Ions from Solution. J. Environ. Sci. Health, A28,
1977-1992.
Mohan, D. and Singh, K. (2002). Single and Multi-Component Adsorption of Cadmium andZinc
Using Activated Carbon Derived From Bagasse-An Agricultural Waste, Water Resource,
36: 2304–2318.
Mohan, S. and Karthikeyan, J. (1997). Removal of Lignin and Tannin Colour from Aqueous
Solution by Adsorption on to Activated Carbon. Environmental Pollution, 97:183-187.
Mohtashami, S., Kolur, N. A., Kaghazchi, T., Asadi-Kesheh, R. and Soleimani, M. (2018).
Optimization of Sugarcane Bagasse Activation to Achieve Adsorbent with High Affinity
towards phenol, Turkish Journal of Chemistry, 42: 1720-735.
Motsi, T., Rowson, N. A. and Simmons, M. J. H. (2009). Adsorption of Heavy Metals from Acid
Mine Drainage by Natural Zeolite. Int. J. Miner Process, 92, 42-48.
Mudhoo, A., Garg, V.K., and Wang, S. (2012). Removal of Heavy Metals by Biosorption.
Environmental Chemistry Letters, 10:109-117.
Osakwe, C. E., Sanni, Ismail, Said, S. and Zubairu, A. (2014). Adsorption of Heavy Metals from
Wastewaters Using Adonosia Digitata Fruit Shells and Theobroma Cocao Pods As
Adsorbents: A Comparative Study, AU J. T. 18(1), 11-18.
Pollard S. J. T., Fowler G. D., Sollars C. J. and Perry, R. (1992). Low cost Adsorbents for
Waste and Wastewater Treatment: A Review. Sci. of Total Environment, 116, 31–52.
POLYMATH version 6.0 by CACHE Corporation
Singh, R., Gautam, N., Mishoura, A., and Gupta, R. (2011). Heavy Metals and Living
78 Abdullahi et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Vukovic, G. D., Marinkovic, A. D., Skapin, S. D., Ristic, M. T., Aleksic, R., And Perric-Grujic,
A. A. (2011). Removal of Lead from Water by Amino Modified Multi-Walled Carbon
Nanotubes, Chem. Eng. J., 173, 855-865.
Wang, F.Y., Hui, W. and Jian, W.M. (2010). Adsorption of Cadmium (II) Ions From Aqueous
Solution by A New Low-Cost Adsorbent—Bamboo Charcoal, Journal of Hazardous
Materials, 177:300–306.
ABSTRACT
The process of controlling street light manually is accompanied by time-wasting and
unnecessary stress. In this work, the automatic system of controlling street light makes the most
effective use of existing street light, manpower, and resources for the benefit of users. This
design is aimed at providing solutions to various challenges faced by manually controlled street
light. It will not eliminate the existing system but will rather work side-by-side with the existing
system. This system was developed using an ATmega328p microcontroller which was
programmed in C programming language using Micro C Pro compiler. PIR motion sensor was
used for sensing the movement of vehicles. Light Emitting Diode (LED) bulbs were used in place
of HID bulbs. This system is aimed at providing a solution to the consumption of electricity as
compared to the existing system.
1.0 Introduction
Street light can be defined as a source of light which are mounted on roadsides for security
purposes. Street lights as described by Mahamuni, Kotalwar, Kulkarni, and Mondal (2018), ―are
the major requirements in today‘s life for safety purposes to reduce crime rate and to avoid
accidents during the night‖. Providing street lighting is one of the most important and expensive
responsibility of a city. It also encourages social inclusion by providing an environment in which
people feel they can walk in hours of darkness despite that in today‘s busy lifestyle no one
bothers to switch streetlights OFF/ON when not required. Sindhu, George, Roy, and Chandra
(2016), said that automation plays an increasingly important role in the world‘s economy and
daily life. Automatic systems are being preferred over the manual system. In the scope of
industrialization, automation is a step beyond mechanization. Whereas mechanization provided
human operators with machinery to assist the users with muscular requirements of work,
automation greatly decreases the need for human sensory and mental requirements as well. The
street light control system is a centralized system that controls and monitors the status of the
individual street lamp. Lights are switched to ON/OFF automatically based on PIR and LDR
status. Status information stored in the PIC controller and also monitored overall status in control
80 Oyediji et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
base station via Zigbee communication channel, LED has been the best potential light source for
the next-generation lighting as it has many advantages such as high efficiency, long life, high
reliability, and low power consumption. (Bajaj and Mote, 2015)
Controlling of street lights in developing countries in which Nigeria is not left out is done
manually, thereby leading to using more time accompanied by unnecessary stress in switching
ON and OFF streetlights. The main challenge given by the previous streetlight system is that the
High Intensity Discharge (HID) bulbs used in the previous system has a choke coil which
consumes a bit of energy other than the original consumption of power assigned to the bulb,
which led to unnecessary consumption of electricity, whereby in college campuses or on the
highways, a large number of streetlights attached with High-Intensity Discharge (HID) bulbs
were kept ON even though there is no one to utilize them.
These challenges made the previous streetlight system inefficient. Over the years, hundreds of
streetlight systems have been developed, each adding features and functions but the majority of
the systems are still facing challenges such as efficiency, cost of developing the system among
other challenges. This work is aimed at providing a solution to these problems.
This design will control streetlights automatically by switching it on when there is vehicle
movement and off when there is no vehicle movement in the vicinity of the motion sensors. This
design will also reduce energy wastage and conserve the energy which can be used for other
purposes like distributing it to areas or communities that do not have electricity.
will be such that when there is no object detected by the system, the system will be in sleep
position and watching around the field to sense the presence of any object coming around and
during the waiting period for system to sense the presence of an object coming around the system
display a dim blue light to conserve energy. This means that if an object does not come around
the street light will continuing been in sleeping mode and saving energy until an object comes
around the system.
The power source was obtained from a 9 volts battery. The microcontroller and other digital
integrated circuits use 5 volts for their operation and as such, a voltage regulator will be used to
regulate the 9 volts power supply to 5 volts for use by the circuit. The block diagram of the
design is shown in Figure 3.1.
Figure 3.1: Block diagram of Vehicle Movement Based Street Light using ATmega328p
Microcontroller
The principal advantage of a bridge rectifier is that it does not need a center-tap on the secondary
of the transformer. A further but significant advantage is that the ripple frequency at the output is
twice the line frequency (i.e. 50 Hz) and makes filtering somewhat easier.
83 Oyediji et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
In the design of the power circuit, to calculate the rating of the transformer, the required output
voltage and current were considered. The maximum output voltage and current are 12-13V and
500mA respectively.
The output of the rectifier is not completely a DC, there is also a noise imposed on it (because of
the ripples caused by the diodes used in the rectification). This makes it seem like an AC signal.
To eliminate this problem, a 25V, 1000uF electrolytic capacitor is connected in parallel to the
output of the rectifier to filter the AC in the DC output.
To make a regulated 5-volts available, a voltage regulator IC LM7805 was used to realize the
voltage.
2.3.3 Programming
The program was written in C programming language using the Micro C Pro compiler. It
comprises the input, processing, and the output. The start and stop of the program are represented
by oval shapes, the input and output statements are presented in parallelograms while the
processing statements are presented in rectangular shapes. Figure 3.4 shows the flowchart of the
programming.
U2 D1
7805
R2
10k
1 3 LED-BIRY
VI VO
GND
D2
R3
2
R1 C1
10k
10k LED-BIRY
1nF
U1 X1 D3
CRYSTAL
C2 R4
BAT1 2
PD0/RXD/PCINT16 PB0/ICP1/CLKO/PCINT0
14
9V 3 15
PD1/TXD/PCINT17 PB1/OC1A/PCINT1 10k
4 16 LED-BIRY
PD2/INT0/PCINT18 PB2/SS/OC1B/PCINT2
5 17 1nF
PD3/INT1/OC2B/PCINT19 PB3/MOSI/OC2A/PCINT3
6 18
PD4/T0/XCK/PCINT20 PB4/MISO/PCINT4
ATmega328p Microcontroller
11 19
12
PD5/T1/OC0B/PCINT21 PB5/SCK/PCINT5
9 D4
13
PD6/AIN0/OC0A/PCINT22 PB6/TOSC1/XTAL1/PCINT6
10
R5
PD7/AIN1/PCINT23 PB7/TOSC2/XTAL2/PCINT7
10k
21 23 LED-BIRY
AREF PC0/ADC0/PCINT8
20 24
AVCC PC1/ADC1/PCINT9
25
PC2/ADC2/PCINT10
26
PC3/ADC3/PCINT11
86
27
PC4/ADC4/SDA/PCINT12
28 D5
PC5/ADC5/SCL/PCINT13
1
R6
PC6/RESET/PCINT14
10k
ATMEGA328P LED-BIRY
1
1
LDR1 LDR2 LDR3 LDR4 LDR5
TORCH_LDR TORCH_LDR TORCH_LDR TORCH_LDR TORCH_LDR
2
SENSOR FOR DETECTING VEHICLE MOVEMENT
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Figure 4.1: Testing of the Vehicle Movement Based Street Light Using Atmega328p
Microcontroller
3.2 Results
The result of simulation ensures that the circuit works properly. The practical implementation of
the simulated circuit has been presented in Figure 4.1. In the circuit diagram, ATmega328p
Microcontroller is the main component used for controlling other devices (PIR Sensor Module,
and LED). Motion sensor is used in the control unit as a sensor for determining the present status
of the system.
PIR motion sensors are placed at the street light pole where it is suitable to detect the range of
5m. This signal which detects an object presence triggers the input of the microcontroller either
to bring the red light with the led or showing the blue light be in dimming to conserve the
energy. The issue in this system of receiving high output signals can be reduced to low by
programming of the ATMEGA328P. As the microcontroller board has 14 digital input/output
pins, USB connection, ICSP header and reset button. It contains everything needed support for
system implementation. The system provides a user interface as it interacts with the system.
The human detection part of the project entirely depends on the program responsible for the
subtraction of any background noises. The PIR sensor responsible for the detection of motion
adjusts itself to the infrared signature of its surroundings and keeps watching for any changes. In
the absence of motion, the LED indicator will remain dim, and the program will continue
updating the surroundings. If the sensor detects movement, the frame for motion detected will be
the input frame to the process of human detection, and consequently, the motion detection
indicator will light.
3.3 Discussion
The prototype was designed and implemented. The results obtained from the combination of
various vehicle detection system components and corresponding constructions are evaluated and
some observations were made during the different stages of testing. Some distances were taken
to ascertain the workability of the object detection system. The best line-of-sight is about 100cm
the distance from the sensor to the object.
automation situations. During the study, a lot of knowledge and experience have been learned.
Besides the exposure on the microcontroller, this study also has sensors and functionality of the
motion sensor module.
4.2 Recommendation
This program should be reviewed to improve the information display in terms of accuracy in the
future. This study also can be continued in future to make improvements to the existing studies.
The future implication of this project is very great considering the amount of resources it saves.
This system can be used as a reference or as a base for realizing a scheme to be implemented in
other projects of greater level including vehicle traffic control and intelligent control of electrical
power consumption and wastage in a higher institution lecture theatre or international conference
hall.
REFERENCES
Aigbe, W.O. (2019). Intelligent Control of Electrical Power Consumption and Wastage in
University of Benin Lecture Theatres. Journal of Energy Technology and Environment,
1(1), 15-28.
Ankalkote, T., & Shere, V. B. (Professor). (2016). Modern LED Street Lighting System with
Intensity Control Based on Vehicle Movements and Atmospheric Conditions using WSN.
International Journal of Innovative Research in Advanced Engineering (IJIRAE), 5(3),
10-15.
Aravind, P., & Kishore, V. (2016). E-Street Zone-Automatic Streetlight based on the Movement
of Vehicles. Indian Journal of Science and Technology (IJST), 9(16), 1-6.
Bajaj, K. A., & Mote, T. S. (2015). Review on Intelligent Street Lightening System.
International Journal of Science and Research (IJSR), 4(2), 1624.
Cynthia, P. C., Raj, V. A., & George, S. T. (2017). Automatic Street Light control Based on
Vehicle Detection Using Arduino for Power Saving Applications. International Journal of
Electronics, Electrical and Computational System (IJEECS), 6(9), 291-295.
D'Souza, A., Bhosale, O., Bhilare, M., & Sawant, S. (2018). Arduino Based Solar Street
Lighting. International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research (IJSER), 9(2), 36-
38.
Lighting System for Smart City. International Journal of Innovative Research in Science,
Engineering and Technology (IJIRSET), 5(5), 7684-7691.
Madgavkar, S., Hankare, A., Pai, A., & Chankhore, N. (Professor). (2017). Intelligent Street
Light System: Automated Street Lights Based on Vehicle Detection. International Journal
on Recent and Innovation Trends in Computing and Communication (IJRITCC), 5(3),
387-390.
Madhavan, N. S., Jha, K. K., Tiwari, M. K., Nagesha, R., & Vijayalakshmi. (2016). Vehicle
Movement Tracked Street Lighting. International Journal of Latest Technology in
Engineering, Management & Applied Science (IJLTEMAS), 5(4), 84-85.
Mahamuni, R., Kotalwar, D., Kulkarni, S., & Mondal, D.D. (Professor). (2018). Vehicle
Movement using Street Light Detection. International Research Journal of Engineering
and Technology (IRJET), 5(4), 3302-3306.
Mestry, P., Darekar, I., Adurkar, A., & Ojha, S. (2017). Vehicle Movement Based Street Lights
with External Light Sensing. International Journal of Advance Research in Engineering,
Science & Technology (IJAREST), 4(5), 1-4.
Parkash, Prabu, V., & Rajendra, D. (2016). Internet of Things Based Intelligent Street
Rao, A., & Konnur, A. (2017). Street Light Automation Using Arduino Uno. Internal Journal of
Innovative Research in Computer and Communication Engineering (IJIRCCE), 5(11),
16499-16507.
Sindhu, A. M., George, J., Roy, S., & Chandra J. (2016). Smart Streetlight Using IR Sensors.
IOSR Journal of Mobile Computing & Application (IOSR-JMCA), 3(2), 39-44.
Singhal, A. (2015). AUTOMATIC STREET LIGHTS. International Journal of Advanced
Research in Engineering & Management (IJAREM), 1(8), 1-3.
Srivastava, S. (2013). Automatic Street Lights. Advance in Electronic and Electric Engineering,
3(5), 539-542.
Udoakah, Y. N., & Okure, I. G. (2017). Design and Implementation of a Density-Based Traffic
Light Control with Surveillance System. Nigerian Journal of Technology (NIJOTECH),
36(4), 1239-1248.
Veena, P. C., Tharakan, P., Haridas, H., Ramya K., Joju, R., & Jyothis, T. S. (2016). Smart Street
Light System based on Image Processing. International Conference on Circuit, Power and
Computing Technologies (ICCPCT).
Yashaswini, N., Raghu, N., Yashaswini, S., & Prathib, K. G. (2018). Automatic Street Light
Control by Detecting Vehicle Movement. International Conference on Recent Trends in
Electronics, Information & Communication Technology (ICRTEICT), 847-850.
ABSTRACT
Power is required to drive all electrical equipment used in various spheres of technological and
engineering activities. These activities include manufacturing, telecommunication and medicine.
These equipment are sometimes powered from sources that suffers from voltage and frequency
fluctuations, which results in equipment damage. This article presents a system that monitors the
quality of power supplies, checks for fluctuations in voltage and frequency on the power sources
available and then connects the load to the purest source of the power. The system consists of
four (4) basic units, namely, power sources, power supply, controller and displays. In the display
unit are the liquid crystal display (LCD) and light emitting diode (LED). The power supply unit
provides the Vcc to all other units. The system’s control is a micro-controller, built around the
Arduino uno, which follows a set of instruction to identify the source with the purest power and
connects it to the load. The system was tested on the three power supply sources, two of which
were infested with forced impurities, one voltage fluctuation and the other frequency fluctuation,
while the third source was without the aforementioned defects. The system selects the third
power source that is void of the fluctuation and displays 50Hz and 230V on the LCD.
1.0 Introduction
Power quality is the concept of powering and grounding electronic equipment in a manner that is
suitable to the operation of that equipment and compatible with the premise wiring system and
other connected equipment (Khalid & Dwivedi, 2011), (Ogheneovo Johnson, 2016) It is also a
set of electrical boundaries that allows a piece of equipment to function in its intended manner
without significant loss of performance or life expectancy (Beleiu, Beleiu, Pavel, & Darab,
2018).
The electric power industry comprises of electricity generation (AC power), electric power
transmission and ultimately electric power distribution to an electric meter located at the
premises of the end user of the electric power. The electricity then moves through the wiring
92 Aiyelabowo and Abubakar, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
system of the end user until it reaches the load. The complexity of the system responsible for the
movement of energy from the point of production to the point of consumption, combined with
variations in weather, generation, demand, and other factors, provide many opportunities for the
quality of supply to be compromised. Most electric components and equipment get burnt-up and
damaged due to voltage fluctuations which is caused by problems associated with power quality.
There are many ways in which electric power can be of poor quality and many more causes of
such poor quality power.
In recent years power quality assessment and improvement has been attracting a growing amount
of attention as the standard of living increases and as a result of the damages caused by
power/voltage fluctuations (Singh, Al-haddad, Member, & Chandra, 1999). Voltage fluctuations,
frequency fluctuations and low voltage distribution are considered to be the most frequent type
of power quality problems based on recent power quality studies (Ahmed, Mohammed, &
Agusiobo, 2006), (Ogheneovo Johnson, 2016). Their impact on sensitive load is severe. The
impact ranges from load disruptions to substantial economic loses up to millions of dollars. The
voltage supplied by the grid power can fluctuate and damage electrical appliances since these
electrical and electronic appliances use voltage of the same level, they are connected directly to
the source of supply which is between 220/240 V. Some major factors contributing to the
problems associated with power quality are; use of sensitive electronic loads, the proximity of
disturbance-producing equipment, the sources of supply, unbalanced incoming utility supply,
frequency from the source of supply and so on (Ahmed, 2006), which could result in nuisance
tripping due to disoperation of relays and contactors and problems with some sensitive electronic
equipment and components which requires a constant voltage getting burnt and damaged.
In this paper, a system is designed to access the quality of the available electric power sources
and select the one (single) with the best quality for the equipment at the load end. Thus the
performance of the equipment is guaranteed effectively and efficiently.
electrical system, personal computers, controllers, adjustable speed drives and contactors and
relays to mention a few.
Various means or methods have been designed and implemented in modifying the process in
switching from two or more electrical power sources known as ―changing over‖. In the past
years most known types of power protecting devices are, phase selectors, uninterruptible power
supply (UPS), switching power supplies, spikes and surges protectors, power line filters, line
voltage regulators, power line conditioners and standby power supplies (SPS) (Ahmed et al.,
2006).
Source 2
Controller LED Display
Source 3
Load
Controller Unit
This unit comprises of resistors (R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17), Arduino microcontroller
capacitors (C6, C7), crystal oscillator (OSC) and buzzer (BZ1). It processes some set of
instructions (software) to carry-out specific tasks. On-board of the microcontroller kit is the
ATmega328p microprocessor. The microprocessor is a low-power CMOS 8-bit device based on
the AVR enhanced architecture (Godwin, Inyiama, Chidiebele C, & Ekene S, 2013) and
manufactured with Atmel‘s high density non-volatile memory technology programmer.
Moreover, it houses a 32 kilobytes of in-system programmable flash program memory, with
read-while-write capabilities, 1024 bytes EEPROM, 2 Kbyte SRAM, 32 general purpose I/O
lines, 32 general purpose registers, 10-bit ADC, to mention a few features. ATmega328 provides
a highly-flexible and cost-effective solution to embedded control applications. The Arduino
microcontroller possesses 14 digital I/O pins, 6 analog inputs, 16 MHz crystal oscillator, a USB
connection, a power jack. It is powered by a 5 V (4.7 V – 5.3 V) dc supply. Use a low to select a
command register and a high to select a data register, low to write to register and high to read
from register. The pin configuration and mapping is as shown in Fig. 2
The connection of the microcontroller is shown in the overall circuit diagram of the power
quality monitoring system.
A light emitting diode (LED) is a two lead semiconductor light source. It is a p-n junction diode
which emits light when activated. The light emitting diode is a diode that gives off visible light
when it is energized through the process of electroluminescence. It is used as an indicator
showing the operation of each device. Three (3) LEDs are used in this design to indicate the
different sources of power.
Other Components
A transistor was used to achieve amplification of signal. The general purpose transistor C1815,
was implemented as a driver of the relay switch.
Optocoupler is a component that transfers electrical signals between two (2) isolated circuits by
using light and prevents high voltage from affecting the system receiving the signal. The was
used to process the power source output that serves as input to the microcontroller.
A relay is an electrically operated switch. Many relays uses an electromagnet to operate a
switching mechanism. Relay is applicable where it is necessary to control a circuit requiring a
low power signal or where several circuits must be controlled by one signal.
The parts of every relay include the following:
Electromagnet which becomes a magnet when it receives an electric signal
Armature that can be attracted by the electromagnet
Spring which pulls the armature when the electromagnet is demagnetized
Sets of electrical contacts
Three relays were required in this system to select a particular power source at a time. The
microcontroller‘s output triggers a specific relay for the load.
97 Aiyelabowo and Abubakar, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
System Architecture
The power quality monitoring system is integrated with the microcontroller (Arduino UNO). The
system detects voltage fluctuations from any of the sources of supply embedded in it with the
help of the microcontroller and automatically switches to the next available and most healthy
source of supply.
The structure of the system is working with the following steps
1. The system is supplied power by three (3) different sources of supply
2. The microcontroller is programmed to sense voltage fluctuation in any of the three (3)
sources of supply
3. The microcontroller issues commands to the relay switches
4. The relay switch automatically switches from one source to another as controlled by the
microcontroller.
The designed circuit diagram is as shown in Fig. 3
The Arduino UNO microcontroller module which is connected to the LCD display
The relay interface module which consist of transistors, relay driver circuit and relay
connection.
They were soldered on Vero board separately while wires were used to join the different
modules together
These various modules are shown in Plates 1 – 3. While Plate 4 shows the entire system.
References
Ahmed, M. S., Mohammed, A. S., & Agusiobo, O. B. (2006). Development of a Single Phase
Automatic Change-Over Switch. AU Journal of Technicial Report, 10(1), 68–74.
Beleiu, H. G., Beleiu, I. N., Pavel, S. G., & Darab, C. P. (2018). Management of power quality
issues from an economic point of view. Sustainability (Switzerland), 10(7), 1–16.
http://doi.org/10.3390/su10072326
Godwin, U. O., Inyiama, P. H. C., Chidiebele C, U., & Ekene S, M. (2013). Microcontroller
Based Real-Time Emulator for Logic Gate and Structured Logic Devices. International
Journal of Science and Technology, 2(8), 639–647.
Khalid, S., & Dwivedi, B. (2011). Power quality issues, problems, standards and their effects in
industry with corrective means. International Journal of Advances in Engineering and
Technology (IJAET), 1(2), 1–11.
Ogheneovo Johnson, D. (2016). Issues of Power Quality in Electrical Systems. International
Journal of Energy and Power Engineering, 5(4), 148.
Singh, B., Al-haddad, K., Member, S., & Chandra, A. (1999). A Review of Active Filters for
Power Quality Improvement. IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, 46(5), 960–971.
1.0 Introduction
There cannot be any meaningful social-economic development in a country without a
sustainable, regular and steady power supply. Most African countries are characterized by
erratic, unsteady and insufficient power supply, thus, resulting to other economic and social
backwardness among other things. Nigeria is not left out in this state. The economic consequence
of unreliable power supply in a country is enormous (Olowosejeje, Leahy and Morrison, 2019).
Almost sixty years after independence Nigeria is yet to get it right in terms of power supply. It is
power supply that ushers in the required increase in living standard such as education, health and
environmental protection to mention but few (Edema and Edward, 2010) and (Dalberg, 2019).
Many reforms have been made and many goals have been set in the past, it is sad to note that
none of these goals have yielded good results. The projection of power supply of 10,000MW
capacity by 2010 has become a mirage (Edema and Edward, 2010) .Today, Nigeria‘s actual
generated capacity is about 4,000MW as against installed capacity of 7,445MW (Akindele and
Adejumobi, 2017). The factors militating against the power supply include but not limited to the
following: poor government policy, economic factor, natural factor, society community factor,
defective energy management, lack of skilled personnel, inefficient technology and security
factor (Ohajiaha, Abumere, Owate, and Osarolube, 2014). While the government and the various
agencies concerned should go back to the drawing broad to cross check these factors, Nigerian
citizens would continue to source for an alternative power supply.
It is obvious that Nigeria has insufficient generated power capacity. Nigerians cannot pretend to
have power supply sufficiency in any way, because both the installed and generated capacities
are grossly inadequate. For instance, Brazil with a population of 201 million people generates
about 100,000MW, South Africa with 50 million people generates 40,000MW and Ghana with
23.84 million people generates 2,117MW (Ohajiaha et al, 2014) and (Dalberg 2019). The
reasons for Nigeria, a country with about 180 million people wallowing in erratic, unreliable and
unsteady power supply is obvious. In the midst of these problems a scientific approach is
required for a lasting solution. This paper aims at applying cost breakdown structure model to the
running cost of domestic generators with a view to identifying the component costs associated
with domestic generators. The data acquired would be used to fine- tune the fuel economy and
other associated risks to improve the livability of Nigeria‘s residents.
may rise from $450 million in 2011 to $950.7 million in the year 2020 (Okotie, 2015). These
observations are laudable but the problem is not insurmountable by the government.
No one is complaining of too many cars because emissions have been contained by the
automobile manufacturers. Nigerian Telecommunications Limited (NITEL) suffered a natural
death in the presence of a strong competitive private telecom companies. A strong, vibrant,
sufficient power sector could minimize the importation of generators and not the bill to ban it.
In another development it is obvious that Nigeria has insufficient power supply so it is needful
for citizens to search for alternative sources. The domestic generators used by residents are
mostly gasoline-driven, perhaps because of the cost and its availability (Dalberg, 2019).Various
types of domestic generators are found in the Nigerian market, they include but not limited to
Elipaq, Tiger, Sumec, Thermocool, Yamaha, Honda, Elimax, Lutian and Mikano. The capacities
of this generators vary from 1KVA to 4KVA (Dalberg 2019). It is worthy to note that generators
vary in quality. Quality is fitness for purpose of a product to a customer. The attributes of quality
are reliability, maintenanceability, serviceability, cost, colour, compatibility and performance.
Since a generator based economy is prevailing for now, it is imperative that one should acquire a
quality one. It is only a strong competition of the power sector that may cause the disappearance
of domestic generators from Nigeria. The total capacity of generators nationally is eight times
larger than grid peak capacity and the cost of alternative solar power is beyond the reach of the
average Nigerians (15-20 times the cost of acquiring domestic generator (Dalberg, 2019).
Nigerians depend more on the alternative sources (Osac-Brown and Olurounbi, 2019).
Specific problems require specific solutions. While most citizens would believe that total ban of
generators is drastic and represents the opinion of the haves, not-haves see it as a deprivation of
their daily livelihood. The major problems of these generators are fuel economy, emission and
sound control which have been handled by automobile manufacturers in the 80s.
They achieved this by developing life cycle cost software to track the performance of cost
implications of their products. Today most cars are fuel economy, emission and sound control
compliance (Fakoyejo, 2020). Manufacturers of generators are yet to achieve this. Life cycle cost
uses cost breakdown structure model. When applied to any product the various cost components
are identified and the data therefrom is used for improvement.
pronounced due to bad transformer. Care was taken for adequate loading and maintenance
procedures were followed. Below are the specifications of the generators.
Data G1 G2 G3 G4
1 Product Elimax Honda Yamaha Sumec
2 Purchase date 2016 2016 2016 2016
3 Power Rating KVA 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
4 Avg loading(%) 80 80 80 80
5 Fuel Gasoline Gasoline Gasoline Gasoline
6 Power Factor 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
7 Running (hr/day 4 4 4 4
8 Frequency (H3) 50 50 50 50
3.1. A cost breakdown structure (CBS) is like a Christmas tree with main branches and sub
branches. There is a pre-defined CBS from which a specific CBS is made for the domestic
generator product. For domestic generators, the specific CBS is shown below.
(a) Acquisition:
- Logistic Cost
- Installation Cost
- Purchase Cost
The pump price used during the period was N145 at the present exchange rate of about $1 =
N400. Hence pump price in dollar $0.3625. Cost of energy.
E($) = Y x 0.3625 4.1
From the above results it evident that energy is a dominant cost component responsible for the
life cycle cost of a generator followed by maintenance cost. The acquisition and disposal costs
are minimal. Fine - tuning the fuel consumption of the generator could improve the life cycle
cost. Invariably fuel economy emission and sound control should be improved simultaneously.
Improvement on these three variables could lead to a healthy livability of residents. From table
4-4, although the Honda generator has the highest acquisition cost, the LCC surprisingly is the
smallest at $2568.24. This is followed by Elemax with a total LLC of $2640.00. Conversely
Sumec generator which appeared cheapest to acquire $120 had highest total LCC of $2764.96.
The performance evaluation of Honda generator based on the data (Table 4.4) revealed that:
Acquisition Cost: 6.23%
Operation Cost: 75.7%
Maintenance Cost: 16.82%
Disposal Cost: 1.25%
Of the 75.7% of operation cost, analysis of Table 4.3 further revealed that:
Energy Cost: 78.4%
Consumables Cost: 10.8%
Spares part Cost: 10.8%
Also from Table 4.2 the maintenance cost 16.82% has the following breakdown:
Preventive Cost: 33.33%
Corrective Cost: 66.67%
Analysis revealed that energy cost is a determinant factor for fuel economy, emission control and
even sound control. A stringent law on these parameters will make generators more
environmental friendly.
REFERENCES
Aborisade, S. and Awoyinfa (2020). Generator Importation to Attract 10-years Jail Term- Senate
bill. Punch Newspaper, March 2, 2020.
Adaju, S. (2020). Nigeria Imports 70m generators in few years. The Nation Newspaper April 4,
2020.
Akindele, A. and Adejumobi, D.O. (2017). Domestic Electric Power Generator Usage and
Residents Livability in Milliu, Ogbomosho, Nigeria. DOI:10.5296/emsd. V6i1.10941.
Azimazi, M.J. (2020). New Bill Proposes Jail Terms for Importers, Users, Sellers of Generators.
Guardian Newspaper, March 11, 2020.
Dalberg (2019). Putting an End to Nigeria‘s Generator Crisis: The Path Forward. Access to
Energy Institute. Org/resources. Assessed April 6th, 2020.
Edema, A.O and Edward, B.A (2010). Providing Alternative Power for Development in Nigeria-
The Residential Experience. The Nigerian Academic Forum, Volume 19 (1).
Fakoyejo, O. (2020). Nigerians Spends 14 Billion on Generator, Fuel. natametric.com, accessed
March 7, 2020.
Ohajiaha, C.; Abumere, O.E.; Owate, and Osarolube E. (2014) Erratic Power Supply, in Nigeria;
Causes and solutions. International Journal of Engineering, Science and Invention. ISSN.
(print) 2319-6726, volume 3 (71): 51-55. www.ijesi.org
Okotie, Roseline (2015) Importation of Generators hits N40.8Billion. Guardian Newspapers,
July 7.
Olowosejeje, S.; Leahy, P.; and Morrison, A. (2019) The Economic Costs of Unreliable Grid
Power in Nigeria. African Journal of Science, Innovation and Development, Volume 11
(2).
Osac-Brown, A and Olurounbi (2019) Nigerians Run on generators and Nine hours of Power a
day. 2/9/19 https//www.bloombergy.com/new/article/2019, assessed April 6, 2020.
ABSTARCT
Oil exploration and exploitation in Nigeria have evolved through a long history. However, they
have left trailed of woes in their path with so much damage to the ecosystem and problems to
human life in the exploration region. In the light of this, the paper examines the impacts of oil
exploration and exportation in the Niger Delta Region. Data used were obtained through
secondary source. The paper highlighted several direct environmental and associated problems
that emanated from oil exploration and exploitation in the region. The problems identified
among others include large-scale environmental pollution and degradation of agricultural land
which serves as source of income for the people coupled with social unrest arising from unpaid
claims of compensation and lack of concern for the people in the exploration area. The paper
advocates for oil spill management plan, control and clearance of spills; giving concessions to
indigenous oil companies during biding process by granting licenses to operate in the Niger-
Delta region; adoption of long-term monitoring and surveillance mechanism; continuous
provision of infrastructure for the host communities by prospecting oil companies; and
development of national oil spill contingency plan among others with a view to guarantee
sustainable development of the environment in the region.
INTRODUCTION
The exploration and exploitation of the environment dates back to the existence of man on earth
(Anderson 2005). His exploration and exploitation activities continue to reveal complex
implications in spite of improvement in the technology adopted in carring out these activities.
Oil exploration and exploitation are few of such activities which started at different times in
different parts of the world. Oil and gas related operations are the most obvious industrial
activities in the coastal region. Oil and gas resources account for over 98% of the country‘s
exploit earning and 83% of the governments total revenue (Wikipidia,2006). Even when serious
111 Akande et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
efforts are being made at different quarters to diversify the Nigerian economy, her dependence
on oil is bound to continue for a long period of time. Petroleum exploration has triggered adverse
environmental impacts in the Delta Region of Nigeria through incessant environmental, socio-
economic and physical disasters that have accumulated over the years due to limited scrutiny
and lack of assessment (Achi, 2003)
In Nigeria, immense tracts of mangrove forests have been destroyed as a result of petroleum
exploitation in the mangroves (Diop, 1993; Wikipedia, 2006). These have not only caused
degradation to the environment and destroyed the traditional livelihood of the region but have
caused environmental pollution that has affected weather conditions, soil fertility, waterways
aquatic habitats and wildlife. This inhuman situation continues to attract the interest of
environmental observers and calls for regular evaluation of the exploration and exploitation
activities in the coastal areas of the country. Niger Delta been the major coastine in Nigeria, this
paper evaluates the environmental implications of the exploration and exploitation activities in
the Niger Delta region of Nigeria, where massive oil exploitation activities has taking place due
to large abundant mineral resources.
The importance of petroleum to the socio economic development of nation (world wide), can not
be over emphasized. Research by Nwilo (2001), revealed that the areas were petroleum reserved
are highly produced are exploited enhances spatial interactions, provides employment
opportunities, attracts other subsidiary firms, provides foreign earnings, as well as enhancing
infrastructural facilities development.
The recognition of the importance of petroleum sector to the structural transformation of the
country Federal Government as well as deregulated the sector with the view of harnessing the
full potentials for the benefits of all and sundry. The petroleum sub sector stifled agriculture and
itself accounted for 88.557% of the total Federal Revenue Awosiku (2006). But in spite of
Government efforts, the sector has not been able to achieved the much desired result of
increasing the GPA, other employment opportunities provides foreign earning for the
development of other sector as well as reduce poverty, degradation and deprivation in the
country.
Explorations of petroleum in Nigeria have produced more of negative impact than positive
impact. These problems includes environmental pollution, land degradation, lose of human and
marine lives, as well as other environmental problems.
In view of the above, the Aim of this paper is to examine the environmental implications of
petroleum resources exploitation in the Niger Delta Region of Nigeria in other to enhance a
112 Akande et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
sustainable development in the region. The objectives are to identify the various sources
responsible for environmental pollution in the study area, identify the impact of oil exploitation
in the study area, assess the trend of petroleum exploitation in the study area, identify the
resultant effect of the consequence of oil exploitation and also prefer measures to its problems.
In 1970, the end of the Biafran war coincided with the rise in the world oil price, and Nigeria
was able to reap instant riches from its oil production. Nigeria joined the organization of
Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) in 1971 and established the Nigerian National Petroleum
Company (NNPC) in 1977; a state owned and controlled company which is a major player in
both the upstream and downstream sectors.
Following the discovery of crude oil by Shell D‘Arcy Petroleum, pioneer production began in
1958 from the company‘s oil field in Oloibiri in the Eastern Niger Delta. By the late sisties and
early seventies, Nigeria had attained a production level of over 2 million barrels of crude oil a
day. Although production figures dropped in the eighties due to economic slump, 2004 saw a
total rejuvenation of oil production to a level of 2.5 million barrels per day. Current development
strategies are aimed at increasing production to 4 million barrels per day by the year 2010.
Petroleum production and exportation play a dominant role in Nigeria‘s economy and account
for about 90% of her gross earnings. This dominant role has pushed agriculture, the traditional
mainstay of the economy, from the early fitfties and sixties, to the background NNPC (2012)
Oil industry pollution consists of several types and arises from a variety of sources. Notable
sources of the pollution reported in the Niger Delta are seismic surveys, canalization, poor waste
113 Akande et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
disposal, oil spillage and gas flaring. Their common effects are the incalculable damage to
aquatic life, agriculture and human health. The greater proportion of the evidence on
environmental pollution reveals that pollution from oil spillage and gas flaring has been the most
common and significant in the Niger Delta. Awobajo (2000) reports that between 1976 and 1980,
Nigeria recorded a total of 784 spills, involving 1,336,875 barrels in 2,796 incidents from 1976
to 1990. Some extensive cases have been reported in the news media over the years. The earliest
widely reported case is the Ejamah – Obudu community spill of 1970 by the largest oil
producing firm in Nigeria, Shell Petroleum Development Company (SPDC). This spillage
destroyed a substantial proportion of forestland. Shell‘s operations also resulted in oil spillage in
1979 (of 570,000 barrels), and in 1994, 1995 and 1998 (of 4,500 barrels). On average the SPDC
has been credited with not less than 221 spills per year since 1989.
Texaco and Agip oil firms have also caused significant oil spills. The disastrous Funiwa oil
spillage of about 4000,000 barrels is a typical example. The Agip Oil Company was responsible
for oil spills along its Brass-Ogada pipelines (500 and 10,000 barrels were spilled in 1979 and
1983, respectively). Omo 2001 using data from the Department of Petroleum Resources (DPR),
also reports that from January to March and in June 1995, a total of 69 cases of oil spillage with
about 3,054 barrels of crude oil occurred. The Shell Petroleum Development Company (SPDC)
was responsible for the occurrences, which were attributed to some of the ageing facilities still
being used by the company.
Furthermore, in October 1999, a major oil spill occurred in Delta State after a pipeline of the
Nigerian National Petroleum Company (NNPC) got bursted, polluting a stream running across
six communities in Udu Local Government Area of the State. The spillage specifically occurred
at the bank of Emadjada community and spread to Ugogo, Ogbe-Udu, Okolor waterside, Ekrota
and Ukperhenre. As a result, the people‘s drinking water was polluted. The spill also deprived
these communities of their means of livelihood (fishing).
In addition to all these, substantial and significant gas flaring has occurred in the region. As
indicated by Baird 2010, cumulative gas flares between 1965 and 1987 amounted to about 3.15‘
10‖m3. Emissions from this volume of flared gas have been estimated as 5.1‘ 108kg of Nox. The
Central Bank of Nigeria (CBN) provides further evidence of massive gas flaring. Between 1970
and 1974, as much as 98.5% of the total gas produced was flared. The magnitude declined
persistently to 95.2%, 83.4% and 74.7% from 1975 to 79, 1980 to 84 and 1985 to 89,
respectively. It increased slightly to 78.2% between 1990 and 94, but later decreased to 69.8%
during 1995 to 98 (See CBN‘S Statistical Bulletin 9 (2): December 1998). Despite the foregoing
hard facts of pollution in the Niger Delta, little attention has been paid to the problems. The next
section provides an insight into why this has been so. (May 06, 2012)
This first category is associated primarily with the higher molecular weight, water insoluble
hydrocarbon, and the various tarry substances that coat the feathers on birds and covers intertidal
organisms such as clams, oysters and barnacles.
The organisms most affected by oil coating or ―oiling‖ are certain kinds of aquatic birds‘ auks
(Murres, guillemots, and razorbills, Puffins, and so on), penguins and diving sea ducks. These
birds are particularly susceptible to oiling for the following reasons:
a. They spend most of their lives on the surface of the sea.
b. They are poor fliers or are flightless.
c. They dive rather that fly in response to a disturbance.
Birds that dive rather than fly are unlikely to escape an oil slick, but instead tend to keep
resurfacing in the slick after each dive. When oil is absorbed to the feathers of these birds, their
plumage becomes matted and the air-spaces, which normally provide buoyancy and insulation,
become filled with water and oil. Because many of these birds are poor fliers, the additional load
of oil and water in their feathers may make flight impossible and some literally drown due to the
loss of buoyancy (Janice, 2001).
In this category, it is generally agreed that aromatic hydrocarbons are the most toxic, followed by
cycloalkanes, then olefins and lastly alkanes. The toxicity of hydrocarborns depends on their
solubility. The most toxic and also the most soluble in water are the low molecular weight
aromatics such as benzene and toluene whereas the least toxic and least soluble are the high
molecular weight alkanes.
Invariably oiled birds attempt to clean themselves by preening their feathers but in the process
they may ingest as much as 50% of the oil in their plumage and die from the toxic effects of the
ingested oil. The impact of a discharged is thus determined very much by:
1. The nature of hydrocarbons involved
2. The weather conditions.
3. The distance of the discharge from the shore.
b. Crude oil and fuel have been found to be toxic to fish eggs at concentrations as low as 0.5
to 10ppm.
c. Toxic levels on plankton involving fuel oil, kerosene and crude oil is on the order of 50 to
200 ppb but growth rates are noticeably depressed at concentrations of about 1 ppb.
d. Organisms that are resistant to oil pollution flourish in oil polluted waters or for a period
of time after an oil spill due to the absence of more sensitive predators or competitors.
These organisms include bloodworm and annelid worm.
e. Macroscopic plants are relatively resistant to oil toxicity and even if extensively
damaged, tend to recover more rapidly than many other organisms. Such plants are Giant
kelps; their recovery is apparently due to the absence of the usual herbivore grazers
particularly urchins, which normally feed on the kelp.
Associated Problems of Oil Exploration resulting from oil production, According to Olujimi,
2010, various materials released into the environment in the course of oil production operations
include Drill cuttings, drilling mud, and fluids used for stimulating production, Produced fluids,
oil and water, and chemicals injected into them to control corrosion or assist the separation of oil
from water; and general industrial waste.
Despite careful precautions, accidents do occur periodically in the drilling and exploitation of
crude oil. These accidental discharges resulted from equipment failure and human error. It is
known that the majority of oil spills during 1976-1980 occurred through accidental discharges
attributed to equipment failure to malfunctioning, age, overloading, and corrosion or abrasion of
machine parts. Nigeria recorded 1,360 oil-spills incidents during 1976-1983 and the total
quantity of oil released into the environment was 1,426 million barrels (Nwankwo 1984).
Significant pollutants or pollution indicators for selected sources in the oil industry include
drilling mud and cuttings, oil and grease, chlorine, sulphides, turbidity, suspended solids, heat,
pH (acidity/alkalinity PH), heavy metals, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD), and Chemical
Oxygen Demand (COD).
during 1976-1980, the majority of oil spill incidents occurred in the purely mangrove swamp
zones and the offshore areas of the Niger-Delta, which constitute the most productive biological
areas. Within six (6) months, mangrove vegetation started dying in the contaminated waters.
Crabs, mollusks and periwinkles died while associated fire hazard spreading to about 25 ha of
land occurred. Worse still, re-pollution of the top soil from below was noted about two years
after the incident while water table was affected across 15.1 ha. From the above analysis, oil
pollution whether it is due to a spillage or discharge of crude oil or refined petroleum products
may damage the environment in various ways.
In water, oil film on the water surface could prevent tural aeration and lead to the death of
trapped marine organism. In some cases, fish may ingest the spilled oil or other food materials
impregnated with oil and as such become inedible and unpalatable. Oil spill on the land could
lead to retardation of vegetation growth for a period of time and in extreme cases, to destruction
of vegetation. It could also create potential fire hazard, as in the Oyakamo oil pipeline.
Spillage which renders the soil unfit for cultivation and polluted about 360 km of salt marshes as
reported by Royal Society of London in 1982. It was said that some shell-fish population may
require 5 to 10 years to recover from the impact of the spill due to a decrease in the number of
reproductive-age shell-fish stocks and an increase in the mortality of larvae setting on the oiled
sediments.
There were worries on the handling of drilling mud and cuttings, with respect to prohibited
points of discharge, handling and disposal of oil-based mud at onshore and offshore locations,
handling and disposal of cuttings and methods of sampling and analysis. These environmental
Bayode et al 113 problems seem to be well articulated by people in the oil producing Niger-
Delta; for instance Ikporukpo (1988) in the study of two (2) small communities around the
Forcados Oil Terminal, 86% of the respondents in one (Odimodi) identified problems
consequent on oil exploration, report oil pollution, among four broad groups of problems as the
most important while the corresponding percentage for the other 6 community (Ogulagha) is
45%. In the light of the identified consequences of oil exploration and exploitation in the
reviewed literature, there is an urgent need for the appraisal of the current situation particularly
in the coastal area of Ondo State that harbors the longest part of Nigerian coastal region with a
view to promoting sustainable development of the region.
worsening the existing economic hardship being experienced. Survey revealed that a large
portion of land especially in Awoye area has been despoiled. This despoliation resulted from the
deposition of the earth crust removed from the production wells, which is toxic in nature and
consequently affected the immediate environment. Soil degradation in the region has deleterious
effects on the forest resources. The coastal region in the Region has suffered a major problem of
deforestation particularly reduction in mangrove species. This is leading to other problems such
as soil erosion, siltation of streams and reservoirs. Several farmlands and multiple of coastal
fauna species were confirmed lost to il spillages in the region. Olujimi Emmanuel, (2006).
The following corrective could reduce the total amount of oil discharge into the marine
environment:
i. The frequency of tankers due to structural failure could undoubtedly be reduced by
established a stricter programme of tanker inspection and maintenance and/or by
requiring that tankers be retired after reaching a certain age.
ii. Some tankers are simply old and decrepit, it is also true that certain modifications in
design could reduce the likelihood of accidents and/or eliminate much of the routing
oil discharge associated with cleaning ballast tanks and cargo holds.
iii. The use of LOT has greatly reduced the amount of oil routing discharged by tankers
in the process of cleaning their cargo tanks, but there is no doubt that such routine
discharge could reduced to almost zero by the use of segregated ballast tanks and
cargo bunkers.
Clean up Methods
Where oil pollution is concerned, there is no doubt that prevention is preferable to cure, but once
an oil spill has occurred, it may be possible to do something to ameliorate the damage.
Unfortunately, none of the currently used cleanup methods are without their drawbacks or
limitations, but it is worthwhile to review the state of the art to see what approaches are
available.
1. Once oil has been spilled into the water, there are basically three approaches to clean up,
namely, burn the oil, mechanically collect the oil, or chemically disperse the oil.
CONCLUSION
The issue of oil pollution should be not politicized but be seen as an environmental problem,
which must be given adequate and serious considerations. Effective corrective steps should be
taken and followed with adequate legislation, enforcement and implementation.
It is hopeful that if these measures are taken, there will be considerable improvements in the
management of problems associated with oil exploration and exploitation in the Niger Delta
region of Nigeria at large.
REFERENCES
Achi C (2003). Hydrocarbon, Environmental Degradation and Poverty: The Niger Delta
Anderson, I (2005): Niger River basin: A Vision for Sustainable Development Pp. 1-131 The
world Bank.
Awobajo A.O. (2000). A N Analysis of Oil Spill Incidents in Nigeria: 1976
Awosika L. (2006). Coastal Oceanographic Processes and their Impacts on the Nigeria Coastal
and Marine Environment in Ivbijaro MFA.
Baird J. (July 26, 2010). ―Oil‘s Shame in Africa‖. Newsweek: 27
Diop ES (1993). Conservation and Sustainable Utilisation of Managrove
Dr. Janice Limson: Indigenous Plants to the Rescue Environmental remediation in Nigerian oil
Dr. P. C. Nwilo & O.T. Badejo: Impacts of spills along the Nigerian coast. The Association for
Environmental Health and Sciences, 2001.
Ekundayo J.A. (1988). Development in a fragile economy. 1998.
Emmanuel A.A, Alakinde MK (2006). Nature of Environmental Science.
experience. In proceedings of the Diffuse Pollution Conference, Dublin.
Http://en.wikipidia.or/wiki/petroleum.
Hutchful, Eboe. (1970). Oil companies and environmental pollution in Nigeria. In political
Economy of Nigeria, Claude Ake, ed. Longman, London, chapter 7.
Ikporukpo C.O. (1988). Managing Oil Pollution in Nigeria: Nigerian Coastal Areas.
International Federation of Surveyors, 2007. Retrieved May 20, 2007.
Nipa Palm Utilization Project Nigeria Conservation Foundation, 1996. Retrieved May 21 2007.
Nwankwo J.N (1984). Oil and Environmental Pollution. Paper Presented at the Conference of
strategies for the fifth National Development
Nwankwo N, Ifeadi CN (1988). Case Studies on the Environmental Issues in Olujimi JAB
(2010). The roles of the stakeholders in the Usage and Management of the Environment.
A paper delivered at the workshop on the Challenges of Environment and the Imperative
of Urban and Rural Development. Held at the Federal University of Technology, Akure
between 27th and 29th April, 2010.
Nwilo, Peter C. and Olusegun T. Badejo: Impact and Management of Oil spill Pollution Along
the regions. Science in Africa, 2002. Retrieved May 21, 2007.
Omo Aregbeyen (2001). Dealing with point – source environmental pollution in Nigeria: The
case of the Niger Delta. A paper delivered at NCEMA Training Programme.
Opuenebo B.O. Nnah W.W. (1995). Creating sustainable Environments in Oil Minerals
producing Areas of the Rivers State.
Perception and reality: Assessing Priorities for Sustainable Development in the Niger River
Delta (Moffat and Linden)
Pipeline explosion kills at least 200 CNN, 2006. Retrieved May 29, 2007.
Prison Pastor (2010). Map of Nigeria. Retrieved Tuesday October 26.
Wikipedia (2006). Petroleum in Nigeria. Retrieved December 12, 2007 from
ABSTRACT
In Nigeria, demand for electricity is rapidly increasing and the growth is expected to continue
due to population growth and industrialization. In order to supply constant power to consumers,
reliability is an important factor that the electric utility needs to consider. Lightning strokes to
overhead transmission and distribution lines have been identified as one of the common cause of
outages and the resultant power interruptions. It is therefore of vital importance that power
systems be protected from lightning. This study carried out a review of lightning phenomenon,
frequency of occurrence of lightning strokes in the study area, it effects and put forward
measures that can be implemented for better lightning protection and to improve the reliability
of our power system taking Ilorin metropolis as a case study.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The reliability of a power system is the utmost important in any part of the world because
electrical power is indispensable for the present day living. Lightning is a random and
unpredictable event. A direct lightning strike on a conductor of a power line causes extremely
high voltage pulses at the strike point, which are propagated as travelling waves in either
direction from the point of strike (Lucas, 2001). One way to improve the quality of transmission
services by the power transmission companies is to reduce the number of power line
interference.
Lightning arresters are devices mostly used on electrical power systems and telecommunications
gadgets for the purpose of protecting the insulation and conductors of the system from the effects
of lightning attacks. A typical lightning arrester generally consists of a high-voltage terminal and
a ground terminal. It is generally understood that lightning can be seen as an atmospheric
discharge of electricity, occurring from the accumulation of static charges, usually during a
thunderstorm incident. Lightning mostly occurs when there are enough charge separation inside
the cloud to cause a localised electric breakdown of the air. Lighting activity are mostly
described by the ―Keraunic number‖. Accordingly, the keraunic number is the mean number of
days per year when thunder can be heard in a given area, and the likelihood thereby of a
thunderstorm (Punekar and Kandasamy, 2011).
Ilorin metropolis is located on latitude 8030‘N and longitude 4035‘E with an area of about
100km2. The city in its geological setting consists of Pre-Cambian basement complex with an
elevation of between 273m to 333m (i.e 900 ft to1,200 ft) above seal level. According to Ifabiyi
(1999), the climate of the city is tropical continental with high temperature throughout the year.
It is characterized by wet and dry seasons. Ilorin falls within derived savannah vegetal cover with
the existence of dry lowland rain forest vegetal cover.
Consider the cloud whose upper part is positively charged and the surface of the earth (lower
part) is negatively charged. Due to this the portion of earth below the cloud becomes positively
charged. As the charge on the cloud increases, so also the charge induced on the ground below
the cloud increases. This situation results in rise in the electric field intensity in the space
between the cloud and the ground. Finally electric breakdown of the space between the cloud and
ground takes place which is seen in the form of an electric discharge (Sanketa, 2016). Fig 1
shows a cloud located above an overhead transmission line.
The KERAUNIC LEVEL is defined as the number of days in the year on which thunder is heard
in a defined area. Fortunately, it has been found by experience that KERAUNIC level is linearly
related to the number of flashes per unit area per year. In fact it happens to be about twice
number of flashes/square mile/year. It is now possible to obtain the frequency of occurrence of
lightning in any given region easily (Chowdhuri &Gross 1970).
The transmission station receives the 132KV supply from Osogbo transmission station. The
60MVA 132/33KV step down the voltage supply from Osogbo transmission station to 33KV.
On the secondary side of this 60MVA transformer are two 15MVA 33/11KV transformers which
feeds places like harm township feeder I, Unilorin General Hospital, Unity and Ilorin township
feeder II. Also, this 60MVA 132/33KV feeds Otte/Ogbomosho feeder which feed place like Otte
township and Ogbomosho town.
A I5MVA transformer was connected to 60MVA transformer and one 15MVA on 45MVA
further step down the voltage to 11/KV feeders. The feeders and the areas feeding are shown in
table 1 and figure 2 respectively
Table 2: Frequency of Occurrence of Direct Lightning Strikes on 11kV Feeders for the Year
2016
MONTH FEEDER FEEDER ADEWOLE UNITY UNIVERSITY AIRPORT
I II FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER
JAN - - - - - -
FEB. - - - - - -
MARCH - - - - - -
APRIL 2 1 - 1 - -
MAY 3 1 1 1 - -
JUNE 2 - - 2 2 1
JULY 1 - 3 1 1 1
AUGUST 1 2 1 1 - 1
SEPT. 2 1 1 1 2 1
OCT. 1 1 2 - - -
NOV. - - - - - -
DEC. - - - - - -
TOTAL 12 6 8 7 6 4
Table 3: Frequency of Occurrence of Direct Lightning Strikes on 11kV Feeders for the Year
2017
MONTH FEEDER FEEDER ADEWOLE UNITY UNIVERSITY AIRPORT
I II FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER
JAN - - - - - -
FEB. - - - - - -
MARCH - - - - - -
APRIL 1 1 1 - - 1
MAY 1 - 2 1 1 -
JUNE 2 2 - 1 2 1
JULY 1 - 3 1 1 2
AUGUST 1 - 1 2 1 -
SEPT. 2 2 1 - - 1
OCT. 2 - - 1 1 -
NOV. - - - - - -
DEC. - - - - - -
TOTAL 10 5 8 6 6 5
Table 2: Frequency of Occurrence of Direct Lightning Strikes on 11kV Feeders for the Year
2018
MONTH FEEDER FEEDER ADEWOLE UNITY UNIVERSITY AIRPORT
I II FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER FEEDER
JAN - - - - - -
FEB. - - - - - -
MARCH 1 - - - - -
APRIL - 1 - - 1 1
MAY - 2 - 1 -
JUNE 2 1 - 1 2 1
JULY 2 - 2 1 1 2
AUGUST 1 1 - 1 - 2
SEPT. 2 1 1 - 1 -
OCT. 1 - - 1 1 -
NOV. - - - - 1 -
DEC. - - - - - -
TOTAL 9 5 3 4 8 6
In Nigeria, power lines are exposed to weather and therefore subjected to lightning strikes which
results to over voltages. The frequency of occurrence of lightning strike is very high in Nigeria.
Some of the effects of lightning in Nigeria power system are given below:
i. Flashover:- can be describe as an unintended high voltage electric discharge over or
around the surface of a power lines, transformers, poles, towers and substations.
Arcing from flash-over can cause extensive damage to electrical equipment.
ii. Effects on a living being (human or animal) i.e burns heart attack, damage eyes,
vision loss, respiratory failure
Figure 3 shows a steel tower {inductance} of a transmission line with no earth wire. lf the
earthing resistance of the tower is R{=5-100Ώ}, And it is struck by lightning then the potential
built up on the tower top Would be:
Ri+Ldi/dt ……………………………………………………….3.11
If e, is the induced voltage on the conductor due to lightning then the Potential difference built
up across the tower and the conductor is given By:
e= Ri+Ldi/dt +ei…………………………………………………3.12
If the value of e exceeds the line insulation strength, then a flashover occurs from the tower to
the line and this is termed BACKFLASHOVER (Swati & Manoj 2014)
4.2 Protection with Ground Wire / Sky Wires Against Direct Strokes
―SKY WIRES‖ (also called ―Sky lines‖ or overhead ground wire‖) are installed to shied high -
voltage lines and stations from direct strokes of lightning. These wires are made of conducting
materials such as galvanized steel, copper-covered steel, copper on aluminum. Galvanized steel
wires are used for sky wires on 330KV and 132KV lines except in areas of severe atmospheric
corrosion, where copper-covered steel is used. Sky wires above stations are usually copper
(Golde, 1997).
Sky wires themselves offer little protection unless they are connected to low resistance grounds
which can absorb the very high instantaneous currents present in the lightning stroke. To drain
this current each tower and wood pole structure is carefully grounded on wood pole lines, copper
wires are run down the poles to connect the sky wires to ground resistance below 20 ohms at
each structure (Golde, 1997).
The ground connection of the arrester should have low resistance, and it should be tied to the
station ground network to which the frames of the apparatus and connected as near as practicable
to the apparatus to be protected. The connection is usually made on the line side (John, 1996).
5.0 CONCLUSION
In this research work, it has been established that lightning strokes can have direct or
indirect action on power lines and this is a major factor distrusting power outage in the power
sector. The results gathered on frequency of occurrence of direct lightning strikes has shown that
it is of higher magnitude during the raining season and this is manifested in the poor power
availability in the study area. This adverse effect of lightning on our electrical power system
network can be prevented or minimized if the utility can install a proper sensitive and highly
effective lightning arrester, surge diverter and overhead ground wire in every appropriate and
strategic areas of our power system networks so that whenever there is a lightning strike, these
devices can easily interrupt it, before it will cause any damage to the power system equipment.
REFERENCES
Anderson, J.G 1975. ―Lightning performance on transmission lines, in Transmission line
Reference book, Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) pg. 478-492)
Battan, Louis J. (2002): ―Lightning leaders and return strokes‖. IEEE Transmission power
system on power delivery Vol. 6, No 2 pg. 228 -250
Chowdhuri, P & Gross,T 1970. Voltages induced on overhead multi-conductor lines by
lightning strokes IEEE proc. 116-561-564.
Christian, H.J. (2009): A lightning pioneer-characteristic of a storm. NASSA http://thunder.
Cokkindes, G.J. & A.P. Meliopoulous, A.P 1988. Transmission line modeling with explicit
grounding representation. Electric Power system Research pg. 109-119.
Drveniza, M.D 1999. ―Analysis of Lightning Induced voltages r overhead lines‖ IEEE
Transactions on power delivery Vol. 12, pg 5-16
Erickson, A.J & Senmem, D.V 1982. Lightning performance and overvoltage Surge Studies,
UIEE Proc. Vol. 129 PLC t 2 pg. 60-71.
Fabiyi, I. P 1999. Predicting Borehole Yield on Precambian Basement Complex and
Sedimentary Rocks in West Central Nigeria. Review of Growth and Change, pp. 713.
Golde G.H 1997. Lightning, Academic Press N.Y. pg. 276-331.
John, W 1996. ―Power generation, operation and control‖. New York, pg. 273-280.
Lucas, J.R 1995. ―Analysis of lightning induced voltages on overhead lines. IEEE Transactions
on power delivery vol. 4, No. 1, pg. 70-100.
Lucas, J.R 2001. ―High Voltage Engineering‖ IEEE Transactions u power delivery vol. 7, No 3,
pg. 35 - 50.
NESIS, 2015. Nigeria Electricity Supply and Installation Standards (NESIS) Regulations, 2015
pg 280-287
Oyeleye M.O 2019. Evaluation Of Substation‘s Transformer Earthing System, Feeder Panel
And Lightning Grounding: Case Study Of A University In Nigeria. Journal of
134 Kareem et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Digital Trainer is a self-contained set of electronic circuits that can be interlinked by students to
create working circuits. Digital logic gate trainer has become increasingly popular in a wide
range of applications, teaching digital hardware theories and concepts in a practical way.
Logic gate section is aimed to perform basic Boolean functions, such as AND, OR and NOT. The
purpose of this design work is to provide a method for students to test digital circuits with a
simple and inexpensive digital trainer which describes its design, development and application
of a digital trainer circuit prototyping system for students in their digital electronics courses.
The primary objective is to design a cheap, simple to use device that could be retained by
students, so that they can undertake digital experiments. The circuit is typically constructed from
discrete and integrated electronic components utilized based on standard circuit. The logic gate
integrated circuits were assembled on a separate board providing a direct link for the terminals
to the pin connector sockets that serves as input and output of the logic gates. The components
required in trainer board were chosen based on calculation and manufacturers specification.
The casing was made with synthetics and after fabrication and testing the trainer performed to
specification.
1.0 Introduction:
Digital logic circuits form the basis of all digital hardware which plays a very prominent role in
most electronic devices used in industrial and domestic application. They are used to build
computer hardware, as well as many other types of products which are broadly classified as
digital hardware which bring about the Boolean logic algebra trainer which has become a
popular household name in a wide range of applications in teaching digital hardware theories and
concepts in a practical way. Digital Trainer is a self-contained set of electronic circuits that can
be interlinked by students to create working circuits. There are certain electronic chips (called
logic gates) that convert simple on and off conditions to create a third on or off condition. The
basic gates are AND, OR and NOT. Combinations of these simple gates in various
136 Ademiloye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
configurations permit more complex logic or arithmetic operation. They are used to build
computer hardware, as well as many other types of products which are broadly classified as
digital hardware (Rizzoni, 2004). For most digital hardware products, it is necessary to design
and build some logic circuit from the scratch. Early computer systems were often ―hardwired‖
into the circuitry and this computer wiring technique determines what problem the computer
would solve (Bywater, 1981). A digital logic circuit comprises a network of logic gates. Each
logic gate performs a very simple function and more complex operations that are realized by
connecting gates together (Mano, 1979). A number of sophisticated modules exist for building a
variety of digital logic circuits. The technology used to build digital hardware has evolved
dramatically over the past four decades. The digital electronics training program is ideal for basic
and intermediate advance studies in digital electronics study. The courseware is the compilation
of the experiments from various good reference books version. Simulations are essential for
meeting many instructional needs (Cachman and Vermat 2003). They focus on the learning
environment without usurping control from the learner, offering unique learning opportunities in
nearly every subject area. As a result, simulations permit the attainment of learning goals which
are beyond traditional and other computer-based instruction methods (Tanenbaum, 1999). It is
very important to reduce the number of logic gates required to produce a given function in a
combinational logic circuit. This simplification is desirable for several reasons, such as economy
or cost, limitation of available power, and minimization of delay times by reduction of logic
levels.
Logic Systems:
Logic systems depending upon the type of excitation employed are described below: DC Logic
(or Level Logic) System. In a voltage dc logic or level logic system, a bit is represented by one
of the two voltage levels (high or low). If the higher of the two voltages represents a 1 and the
lower voltage represents a 0; the system is called a positive logic system. On the other hand, if
the lower voltage represents a 0; we have a negative logic system.
Logic Gates:
The most basic elements of digital circuits are logic gates. The most basic types of electronic
circuit designed with active devices (such as diodes, transistors) and positive components (such
as resistors) which consists of two or more inputs and one output performing very basic logic
operation are known as the logic gates. Each gate is given several input signals to act upon. Its
output may be high (logic-1) or low (logic-0) with respect to the voltage levels. The output
depends upon the combination of high and low inputs and the type of gate used.
AND Gate:
The AND gate implements the AND function. With the gate shown to the left, both inputs must
have logic 1 signals applied to them in order for the output to be a logic 1 With either input at
logic 0, the output will be held to logic 0.
There is no limit to the number of inputs that may be applied to an AND function, so there is no
functional limit to the number of inputs an AND gate may have.
Method Used:
A digital circuit is typically constructed from small electronic circuits called logic gates that can
be used to create combinational logic. Each logic gate is designed to perform a function
of Boolean logic when acting on logic signals. A logic gate is generally created from one or more
electrically controlled switches, usually transistors but thermionic valves have seen historic use.
The output of a logic gate can, in turn, control or feed into more logic gates. Integrated
circuits consist of multiple transistors on one silicon chip, and are the least expensive way to
make large number of interconnected logic gates. Integrated circuits are usually designed by
engineers using electronic design automation software to perform some type of function.
Integrated circuits are usually interconnected on a printed circuit board which is a board which
holds electrical components, and connects them together with copper traces. The placement of
the chips and the actual wire connection on the PCB is shown on the template. Fig.1 shows
template PCB design for an IC gate. Fig.2 represents the design layouts on the board. Fig. 3 is
the representation of constructed digital logic board trainer.
Experiment 1:
Title: Testing for OR gate
Procedure : A was connected to 25, 26 was connected to 27 as well and B was connected to
27and 28 was connected to 41. When A and B switches were "low" there was no voltage at 41,
when one of the A and B was high, 41 is "high" , when A and B was high, 41 is "high". The
result is as shown in table 1.
Experiment 2:
Title : Testing for NOT gate
Procedure : A was connected to 1 and 2 was connected to 41, when input was high the 41 was
low , when the input was low the 41 was high. The result is as shown in table 2.
Experiment 3:
Title: Testing for AND gate
Procedure : A was connected to 13, 14 was connected to 15 as well and B was connected to 14
and 16 was connected to 41. When A and B switches were low there was no voltage at 41,
when one of the A and B was high, 41 is low , when A and B high 41 high the result is as shown
in table 3
Conclusion
A low cost digital logic training module for the student‘s laboratory experiment was designed,
developed and packaged in a single module to minimize cost. It will also expose student to the
basic logic gates such as AND Gate, OR Gate, and NOT Gate. The output of the OR gate is high
if any of the input is high and the output is low if all input are low. The output of an AND Gates
is high only if all inputs are high and low, if even one of the input is low. The reliability of the
trainer module developed in terms of response and performance is at par with the state of the art.
Recommendation
Design like this serves as a means of acquiring the much-needed skills in empowering
undergraduates both theoretically and practically in order to prepare them to meet up with the
trend at which computer technology is advancing daily. Based on the tests carried out and the
results obtained, this Logic Trainer is hereby recommended for the teaching and learning of
digital hardware theories and concepts in practical classes of undergraduate students.
References
Ajao, A.O. and H.J. Onawola (2003) : Fundamentals of Computer Hardware System. (Revised
Edition). Ikeja-Lagos: Glory gate Publisher,
Bywater, R.E.H. ( 1981.): Hardware/Software Design of System London: Prentice Hall.
Mano, M.M. (1979.): Digital Logic and Computer Design. NS: Prentice- Hall.
Rizzoni, G. (2004): Principle and Application of Electrical Engineering (Revised Fourth
Edition). New York: Mcgraw-hill Companies,Inc.
144 Ademiloye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Tanenbaum, A.S. (1999): Structured Computer Organization (4th Ed.). NS: Prentice Hall.
Texas instruments ‗The TTL logic data book information‘ TI Website
http://ww.ti.com/sc/docs/products/logic/techfam/ttl.html.
Crouch, Dennis (2007)."Written Description: CAFC Finds Prima Facie Rejection (Hyatt v.
Dudas (Fed. Cir. 2007))". Patently-O blog. Retrieved 2020-07-03.
Abstract
Most Nigerians have no access to electricity supply today due to insufficient power generation
which cannot meet the present estimated power demand of not less than 15,000 MW in the
country. A country that requires such power generation most times cannot even generate up to
4000 MW. It is indeed unfortunate that Nigeria that is acclaimed as the giant of Africa cannot
generate adequate power for the citizens whereas smaller nations in Africa with far less
population generate more power for their citizens. The distribution companies are seriously
deviating from the conditions guided by the law in respect of power supply to Consumers,
electricity charges and payments which this paper will explicitly look into. Due to constant
power failure being experienced by Consumers, the distribution companies have short changed
them by adopting a billing system through estimation rather than providing pre-paid meters at
affordable cost. The impacts of this estimated billing system on the electricity consumers were
examined by evaluating the parity between estimated billing system and the use of pre-paid
meters by electricity Consumers. Recommendations would be made in order to minimise the
impacts through the review of billing methods by making pre-paid meter available and the
existing laws as regards consumers and discos should be enforced by the government of federal
republic of Nigeria.
Introduction:
It is true that electricity supply is inadequate, the distributed energy to Consumers are confronted
with the following challenges ranging from meter by-pass, meter theft , illegal direct
connections, meter tampering to non-payment of electricity bills at the right time (Omotoso and
Adeoye, 2014). A country which requires power generation of 15,000 MW that cannot
adequately meet the estimated power demand of 13,160 MW of a population of 140,003,542
(Adeoye and Akinsanya, 2013). The power generation in Nigeria has gone far below 4,000 MW
with precisely 1327MW as the all time low power generation in the country due to many gas
145 Adeoye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
fired power plants that were shut down as a result of inadequate supply of gas
(premiumtimesng.com/news, 2015). 60 % of Nigerian citizens with an equivalence of 15.3
million households are not connected to the national grid thereby denying them access to
electricity (Ngadda, 2002; Adeoye and Oladimeji, 2016). Electrical power balance is the
mathematical difference between power generation and demand on the busses meaning that
Nigeria is characterized by power imbalance since the power demand is greater than power
generation (Adeoye, 2014). The prosperity of any nation depends on the constant supply of
electrical energy to the Citizens. America has a population of 6 % of the World‘ population but
consumes 30 % of the available electrical energy (Gupta, 2005). There are technical and non –
technical losses in power system. Technical losses deal with inefficient and poor maintenance of
power equipment. Non-technical losses are purely due to theft particularly when Consumers of
electricity are not paying the charges for the kWh utilised and this makes the distribution
companies to run their businesses at a loss (Adeoye and Ekejiuba, 2014). There is a link between
metering and tariff. Tariff means the schedule of rates or charges. It means the schedule or rates
framed for supply of electrical energy to various classes of Consumers. A simple tariff covers:
recovery of cost of capital investment in generating, transmitting, and distributing equipment;
recovery of cost of operation, supplies and maintenance of equipment; recovery of cost of
metering equipment, billing collection, collection costs and a satisfactory return on the total
capital investment (Gupta, 2005). The electricity billing system in Nigeria is classified into
analogue, estimated, digital types. The digital type is the one that depends on pre-paid meter
while the analogue type depends on the mobile meter readers that visits the installed analogue
meters to physically take the electrical energy consumed by the Consumers. Estimated billing
system is about the distribution Companies fix certain rate for the end users at the end of each
month. Consumers of electricity usually pay for the electricity that they did not use thereby
paying for the generating power that was not supplied by the distribution companies. DISCOS
incur huge loss in three ways through huge unpaid bills by the Consumers known as collection
loss, leakages of power due to poor, aged and insufficient generation, transmission and
distribution network as well as power infrastructure (technical loss), illegal consumption of
power they pay for (commercial loss) whose aggregate is about 50 % (Anyaehie, et al, 2018).
Estimated billing regime was put in place by National Electricity Regulatory Commission as part
of measures to reduce some of the aggregate technical, commercial, and collection losses borne
by the DISCOS and to serve as interim solution pending the widespread adoption of meters.
Order on the capping of estimated bills in Nigeria Electricity Supply Industry was issued on with
effective date from 20th February, 2020. This is to promote parity in the billing of metered and
unmetered electricity Consumers based on complaints about DISCOS issuing unrealistic
estimated bills (thislive.com/index-php/2020/03/03report retrieved on 21st July, 2020). NERC in
2008 introduced a pricing model called Multi Year Tariff Order (MYTO) as a framework for
146 Adeoye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
determining the Nigerian Electricity Supply Industry (NESI) pricing structure. NESI is faced
with challenges from its inability to provide sufficient power to its Customers which has
hampered return on capital investment (Anosike et al, 2017). NESI is probably one of the most
inefficient in meeting the needs of its Customers globally (Iwayemi, 2008). Nigeria with a
population of 140 million generates power of less than 4000 MW and the per capita energy
consumption is 0.03 kW. Egypt has a population of 67.9 million with a power generation of
18,000 MW and per energy capita consumption of 0.27 kW while South Africa has a population
of 44.3 million, power generation of 45,000 MW and per capita energy consumption of 1.02 kW
(IEA Energy Statistics, 2007; Adeoye and Adeloye, A.A, 2018).
(v) all customers have a right to properly informed and educated on the electricity service;
(vi) all un-metered customers should be issued with electricity bills strictly based on NERC‘s
estimated billing methodology;
(vii) it is the Customers‘ rights to be notified in writing ahead of disconnection of electricity
service by the DISCO;
(viii) all Customers have a right to file complaints and to the prompt investigation of complaints;
(ix) all Customers have a right to be refunded when overbilled;
(x) all complaints on electricity supply and other billing issues are to be sent to the nearest
business unit of DISCO;
(xi) if a complaint is not properly addressed, Customers have a right to escalate the issue to the
NERC forum office;
(xii) customers have the right to appeal the decision of the NERC forum office by writing a
petition to the Commission;
(xiii) it is the Customers‘ right to contest any electricity bill;
(xiv) any un-metered Customer who is disputing his or her estimated bill has the right not to pay
the disputed bill but will pay only the last undisputed bills as the contested bill go through the
dispute resolution process of NERC;
(xv) it is not the responsibility of electricity Customers or Community to buy, replace or repair
electricity transformers, poles and related equipment used in the supply of electricity
(nerc.gov.ng/index.php/home/consumers/consumers-rights-obligation retrieved on 21st July,
2020).
Discussion:
Table 1 shows the classification of tariffs for Consumers of electricity ranging from residential
(R1-R4), industrial (D1-D3), commercial (C1-C3), special (A1-A3) and streetlight (S1-S3). The
table defines each class of consumers‘ tariffs. Table 2 shows the evaluation of electricity charges
parity for a period of one year, that is, August, 2019 to July, 2020. The value added tax of 7.5
percent was used on the electricity consumption (kWh); fixed cost for each charge was put at
₦31.26 and multiplied by the energy consumption plus percentage VAT. The average value was
implemented on 500 Consumers. The prepaid cost of electricity for each Consumer per month
was averaged to be ₦3000 which was summed up to be ₦1500000 for 500 Consumers in a
month. The parity was evaluated to be ₦10967085 ($30046.81cent) in the period under
consideration. This is indeed a huge loss on the side of the Consumers in a time that the economy
of the world is depressed and this has negatively affected the wellbeing of the citizens who are
not gainfully employed or underemployed in Ado Ekiti metropolis with negative impacts on
business owners and the domestic activities in the area.
Conclusion:
This paper has evaluated the parity between estimated billing systems being used for electricity
Consumers in an area of Ado-Ekiti as compared to when pre-paid meters are installed for the
same people to be ₦10967085 ($30046.81cent). The evaluated amount is huge which would
have been invested into the business of the people, education of their children or to cater for their
well being in terms of food, clothing and shelter. The NERC should ensure that some of the
Customers‘ rights are enforced by the EPSR Act of 2005 that stated that any form of overbilling
of the electricity users can be contested and refund of such amount to the electricity Consumers.
Recommendation:
Since the parity between estimated bills and pre-paid meters is huge, the following
recommendations are suggested:
(1.) Government of Nigeria and Distribution Companies as well as NERC and other
electricity agencies should come to a round table and bridge the parity between
estimated bills and the use of pre-paid meters.
(2.) Electricity Customers should be made to know their rights through constant sensitization
by media houses.
(3.) EPSR Act 2005 which empowers NERC should be enforced to help common citizens to
adequately have access to electricity which must be paid for and this must be done by
providing pre-paid meters to every Consumer.
(4.) Any form of overbilling should be reversed and if payment had been done, it should be
refunded.
(5.) The distribution Companies should ensure constant power supply is made available
throughout the year for consumers.
(6.) Prepaid meters should be locally manufactured for easy accessibility.
(7.) Pre-paid meters should be connected in all consumers‘ residence.
References:
Adeoye, O.S and Akinsanya, O.A (2013): Evaluation of Power Demand Capacity for Socio-
Economic Development in Nigeria. SEEM Research and Development Journal, Vol. 2,
issue 1, pp.19-30.
Adeoye, O.S Oloniyo, O and Omotoso, G.S, (2015): Minimizing Revenue loss in power sector:
way out of economic challenges in Nigeria, Proceeding of 10th Engineering Forum,
School of Engineering, Federal Polytechnic, Ado-Ekiti, pp 19-24.
Adeoye, O.S and Oladimeji (2016): Assessment of Rural Electrification Level in Ekiti State,
South-West, Nigeria. IASET Journal of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Vol.1,
issue 1, pp.27-32.
Adeoye, O.S (2014): Estimation of Potential Load Demand of Local Govedrnmeent Areas of
Ekiti State, Nigeria. American Journal of Engineering Research, Vol.3, issue 6, pp.101-
106.
Adeoye, O.S and Adeloye, A.A (2018): Electrical Energy Access: A Viable Alternative for the
Alleviation of the Nigerian Economy. Research in Medical and Engineering Sciences,
Vol.5, issue 4, RMES.000618.2018.DOI:10.31031 / RMES.2018.05.000618, pp.1-5.
Adeoye, O.S and Ekejiuba, C.O (2014): Assessment of Line Losses and Methods of Reduction
of Selected Power Transmission Lines in Nigeria. International Journal of Novel
Research in Engineering and Applied Sciences, Vol.1, issue 3, pp.54-63.
Anyaehie, M.U, Uwadike, S.U, and Iwuamadi, O.C (2018): The Implication of Estimated Billing
System on Nigerian Electricity Consumers. American Journal of Engineering Research,
Vol.7, issue 4, pp.169-175.
Anosike, N.B, Dara, J.E, Ngwaka, U.C and Enemuoh, F.O (2017): Analysis of Nigerian
Electricity Generation Multi Year Tariff Order Pricing Model. Energy and Power
Engineering, Vol. 9, pp. 541-554.
Gupta (2005): Power System Analysis and Design. S.Chand and Company Ltd, Ram Nagar,
New Delhi-110055, pp.3.
Iwayemi, A (2008): Investment in Electricity Generation and Transmission in Nigeria: Issues
and Options. International Association of Energy Economics, First Quarters, pp. 37-42.
IEA Energy Statistics, 2007. nerc.gov.ng/index.php/home/consumers/consumers-rights-
obligations retrieved on the 21st July, 2020.
Nairametric.com/2020/02/25-on–objectivesof–repealing-estimated-billing- methodology posted
on 25th February, 2020 retrieved on 21st July, 202
Ngadda (2002): Review of Federal Government Rural Electrification Programme:
Energizing Transformation in Nigeria, ICEED Press in Association with Federal
Ministry of Power and Steel, pp.118.
Omotoso, and Adeoye, O.S (2014): Evaluation of Power System Equipment Vandalisation in
Ado-Ekiti: The Effect on e-Technology and the Way Forward. Proceedings of the 9th
Engineering Forum, School of Engineering, Federal Polytechnic, Ado-Ekiti, VOL.9,
issue 1, pp.1-5.
Premiumtimesng.com, posted on 31/12/ 2015 retrieved on 22nd July, 2020.
Thislive.com/index.php/2020/03/03/report-lights-impacts-of-nerc-order-on-estimated-
billing/posted on 3rd March, 2020 retrieved on 21st July, 2020.
ABSTRACT
This research assessment of water quality and its impact on the effect of compressive strength for
engineering structure can be affected when they were produced with water of different qualities
and sources. The water collected was of different qualities and sources and presented as Lagos
surface well water and fresh (control) water. The chemical composition of these water qualities
ware analyzed while twenty-two cubes were produced at a ratio 1:2:4 using each water quality
type. The cubes were cured and crushed at 7 days and 14 days with the resulting compressive
strength range from 11.6 N/mm2 – 16.6 N/mm2 and 15.0 N/mm2 – 18.5 N/mm2 value at 7 days
and 14 days respectively. The value of fresh (control) water range 13.3 N/mm2 and 16.5 N/mm2
at 7 days and 14 days respectively. However, concrete cubes obtained with different qualities of
Lagos surface well water strength equal to or at least 87 percent of the strength of fresh
(control) water of concrete. . The compressive strengths of concrete cast with water at various
curing ages are shown generally that there is an increase in compressive strength of all concrete
cubes cast with mixing water from all the sampled sources with an increase in curing age from 7
days to 14 days.
Keywords: Compressive strength, Curing age, Chemical compositions, Concrete cubic samples,
Water quality
Introduction
In the construction industry, potable water is usually used since it is recommended by most
specifications and its chemical composition is known and well regulated. In the design codes, it
is recommended that the compressive strength of concrete cubes made of untried water not to be
less than 90% of cubes made with tap water (Taha et al., 2010). There are various sources of
non-fresh water that were previously tested for use in concrete mixtures. These include sea and
alkali waters, mine and mineral waters, waters containing sewage and industrial wastes, and oily
and brackish waters from oil wells (Cebeci and Saatci, 1989; Mujahed, 1989; El-Nawawy and
Ahmad, 1991; Chini et al., 1999; Taha et al., 2005; Taha et al., 2010; Al-Jabri et al., 2010).
Water contributes an active part in imparting strength and durability to concrete. The role of
water is not only important at the mixing stage but also during curing. Impurities in water, which
may be either in the dissolved or suspended form, may interfere with the hydration of cement,
thus affecting the setting, hardening and strength development. It may also cause efflorescence
and leaching effects in set cement mortar/concrete. Concrete structures such as buildings,
bridges, flyovers, power plants and others are ideally required to be built with utmost care to
serve its intended purpose without any recurring expenditure on maintenance (Bapat, 2001). Due
to the different types of impurities that exist in each water types, it is difficult to draw a sound
conclusion concerning the use of non-fresh water in concrete mixtures. Neville (2000) reviewed
extensively the research literature on the use of wastewater in concrete, and concluded that much
work needs to be done on water use in concrete and that there is a need to review the existing
standards on water quality in light of the various types of cementitious materials and water-
reducing admixtures in use today. However, it is not so in real life scenario and often distress in
concrete is notified within few years of construction. The causes of distress can be attributed to
many factors, of which the important being the poor quality of construction, improper detailing
of reinforcement and not satisfying the requirements as specified in code of practices (Skalny
and Marchand, 1998). This research study was carried out in order to understand the water
quality impacts on structures and construction materials in Lagos surface well water, Nigeria.
Where: A is mL EDTA titrated for sample and B = mg CaCO3 equivalent to 1.00 mL EDTA
titrant
Calcium (Ca)
Determination of Calcium (Ca), using equation 2; where: A is mL titrant for sample and B and
mL of standard calcium solution taken for titration is
Magnesium (Mg)
Get the values for Total Hardness and Ca Hardness determined by EDTA and calculate Mg as in
equation 3.
( )
Where: TH is Total Hardness, mg CaCO3
Potassium (K)
Determine potassium concentration of the sample using equation 4, or diluted sample, from the
curve, mgK/L is mgK/L from the calibration curve x Dilution: Where:
Sodium (Na)
Determine sodium concentration of the sample using equation 5, or diluted sample, from the
curve, mgNa/L is mgNa/L from the calibration curve x Dilution: Where:
Chloride (Cl)
Determine Chloride (Cl) by A blank of 0.2 to 0.3 mL is usual, according to equation 6.
( )
Where: A = mL titration for sample; B = mL titration for blank; and N = normality of AgNO3
Sulphate (SO4)
Determine turbidity of the standards using procedure as above and draw calibration curve
between turbidity and SO42- concentration, mg/L, using 7.
Where: A is g Na2CO3 weighed into the 1L-flask for the Na2CO3standard (see a.); B is mL
Na2CO3 solution taken for standardisation titration and C is mL acid used in standardisation
titration.
Where: A = mL titrant used to phenolphthalein end point; and N = normality of titrant. Note:
For turbid/coloured samples, titration can be performed using a pH meter to end point pH value
of 8.3
Total Alkalinity
Procedure for Total alkalinity
Determine the Total alkalinity by record total mL titrant used, according to equation 10.
Where: B = mL titrant used to bromocresol green end point and N = normality of titrant
Mixing
Air-dry the aggregates to be used and bring it to temperature, preferably about room temperature
of about 25°C. The mix ratio used in the production of all the cubes is 1:2:4. The batching was
done by weighting. The mixture were carried out on the floor with coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, cement and add water slowly, continue mixing until the concrete is uniform in
appearance, but not less than 2 minutes after all the materials have been mixed together.
Moulding
The moulds were placed on a rigid horizontal surface, fill with concrete in layers of 33m deep
and compact each layer by the compacting bar, distribute the strokes evenly over the cross
section of the mould without penetrating previous layer significantly, use 25 strokes per layer for
100mm cube.
Curing
Cover the test cubes (in the moulds) with an impervious sheet and store them in a place free from
vibrations. The room shall have a relative humidity preferably of minimum 90% and a
temperature preferably about 25°C. After an initial curing period of 24 hours, make each cube so
that it can clearly be identified and remove it carefully from the mould. Submerge the curbs
immediately in water at a temperature preferably of about 25°C.
Testing Procedure
After curing, the following tests were carried out on the concrete specimens. Weigh each
specimen, check the nominal dimensions and take measure dimensions of each specimen,
determine the density of each specimen, carefully centre the cube on the lower platen and ensure
that the loads were applied to two opposite cast faces of the cube. Without shock, apply and
increase the load continuously until no greater load can be sustained. Record the maximum load
applied to the cube. Calculate the cross-sectional area of the cube face from checked nominal
dimensions or from measured dimensions. Calculate the compressive strength of each cube by
dividing the maximum load by the cross-sectional area. Express the result in N/mm2. Calculate
the average of the test results for the three specimens of the same size and dimension made from
the same sample of fresh concrete.
10000
9000
8000
SO4 ppm
Concentration (ppm)
7000
Cl
6000
HCO3 ppm
5000
CO3 ppm
4000
Ca
3000
Mg
2000
Na ppm
1000
K
0
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L18
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
L19
L20
Locations
Table 2: Results of the Weight of Cubes (Kg) for Lagos Surface Well Water
Locations Weight of Cubes (Kg)
7 days 14 days
Control 2.406 2.488
L1 2.407 2.411
L2 2.346 2.388
L3 2.402 2.449
L4 2.481 2.485
L5 2.521 2.509
L6 2.528 2.416
L7 2.465 2.493
L8 2.429 2.450
L9 2.461 2.472
L10 2.494 2.475
L11 2.478 2.462
L12 2.471 2.478
L13 2.466 2.476
L14 2.510 2.466
L15 2.360 2.363
L16 2.491 2.534
L17 2.472 2.493
L18 2.481 2.465
L19 2.528 2.346
L20 2.360 2.363
2.55
2.5
Weight of Cubes (Kg)
2.45
2.4
Weight of Cubes (Kg) 7 days
2.35 Weight of Cubes (Kg) 14 days
2.3
2.25
L11
L18
L4
L1
L2
L3
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
L19
L20
Control
18
16
Compressive Strength (mm2)
14
12
10
8
Curing Period in days 7
6
Curing Period in days 14
4
2
0
L9
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L10
L16
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L17
L18
L19
L20
Control
Conclusions
The result of the chemical analysis shows that the cations occur in abundance order of Na>
Mg>Ca>K with mean values of 2340, 462.7, 338.10 and 122 Mg/L respectively. The anions are
in the order of Cl>SO4> HCO3>CO3. The compressive strengths of concrete cast with water at
various curing ages are shown generally that there is an increase in compressive strength of all
concrete cubes cast with mixing water from all the sampled sources with an increase in curing
age from 7 days to 14 days. Compressive strength less or at least 80 percent of the strength of
reference specimen (control) made with fresh (clean) water for the concrete this may be due to
the presence of such elements as Na, K, Ca, Cl helped to increase the rate of hydration which
facilitated the early compressive strength increment but it later witnessed drastic reduction due to
their excessive quantities. However, the long term performance and durability of concrete made
from these water samples have not been ascertained. Also the effects of biological constituents,
turbidity and presence of E-coli may not be insignificant on compressive strength of concrete
especially on long-term. These are potential grounds for further studies to provide adequate
information on the suitability of stream water for concreting. With the result of this research, it is
recommended that the age of the concrete sample (cube) should attain strength in 21 days and 28
days respectively for further future study.
Acknowledgement
The authors acknowledge the Department of Marine Science &Technology Laboratory, School
of Earth & Mineral Sciences, Federal University of Technology, Akure, Ondo State for the
Lagos surface well water samples test analysis. We also recognize the support of Civil
Engineering Department Laboratory, Faculty of Engineering, University of Ilorin, Kwara State
for making the concrete cubes to test for compressive strength used for this study.
REFERENCES
Al-Jabri KS, Taha R and Al-Saidy AH (2010). Effect of Using Non-Fresh Water on the
Mechanical Properties of Cement Mortars and Concrete. Proceedings The Third
International fib Congress and PCI Annual Convention & Exhibition, May 29 –June 2,
Washington D. C., USA, pp. 34-37.
Bapat, J.D., (2001). ―GGBS/PSC for Concrete Structures with Corrosion Resistance‖. The
Master Builder, pp. 7-9.
BS 1881: Part 116 (1983). ―Method for Determination of Compressive Strength of
Concrete Cubes‖, London, British Standard Institution.
Cebeci, O.Z. and Saatci, A.M. (1989). ―Domestic Sewage as Mixing Water in Concrete‖
ACI Materials Journal, 86(5): 503-506
Chini AR, Muszyasti LC, and Ellis PS (1999). Recycling Process Water in Ready-mixed
Concrete
Corrosion. Unpublished M.S. Thesis, Jordan University of Science and Technology, Jordan, pp.
31-33.
El-Nawawy OA, and Ahmad S (1991). Use of Treated Effluent in Concrete Mixing in an Arid
Climate, Cement and Concrete Composites. 13(2), pp. 137-141.
Mechanisms, Special Volume, The American Ceramic Society, pp. 19-22.
Mujahed FS (1989). Properties of Concrete Mixed with Red Sea Water and its Effects on Steel
Oil-Contaminated Water in Road Construction, Environmental and Engineering Geoscience. XI
(2), pp. 74-150.
Operations. Final Report Submitted to the Florida Department of Transportation, University of
Florida, Gainesville, FL.
Proceedings International Engineering Conference on Hot Arid Regions (IECHAR 2010. March
1-2, Al-Ahsa, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, pp. 127-132.
Skalny, J. and Marchand, J. (eds.), (1998). Materials Science of Concrete: Sulfate Attack
Taha R, Al-Harthy AS, and Al-Jabri KS (2010). Use of Production and Brackish Water in
Concrete.
Taha R, Al-Rawas A, Al-Oraimi ., Hassan H, and Al-Aghbari M (2005). The Use of Brackish
and
1.0 Introduction
Sorptivity (S) is the ability of soil to absorb water due to capillary forces. Cumulative Infiltration
(I) is the total amount of water that enters into soil. Cumulative water infiltration and soil
sorptivity are two interrelated parameters. They affect the irrigation and drainage which means
that the complete knowledge of them is very important in order to solve environmental problems
(Angelaki et al., 2004). Many researchers have worked on infiltration of water and sorptivity of
soil and other porous materials. The first equation that was derived on cumulative infiltration
was the Green & Ampt (1911) equation. Later, Philip (1957), worked on the theory of
infiltration, assuming that the depth of water over the soil is zero or non-zero.
The knowledge on soil physical properties is essential for land use planning, water resources
management and development of water harvesting structures (Singh, 2000; Ungaro et al., 2005).
Hydraulic properties of soil aggregates such as hydraulic conductivity, infiltration, sorptivity and
166 Ajayi et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
moisture retention affects water and solute movement in soil aggregates (Fasinmirin, 2012).
Wettability is one of the most important features of soils as it directly influences their physical,
mechanical, chemical, biological and fertility properties. Majority of soils, especially cultivated
ones are wettable, with rainwater appearing to infiltrate readily. A drop of water placed on the
surface of these soils can take seconds to hours to infiltrate, depending on the degree of soil
sorptivity. Compacted aggregates characterized with increased contribution of finer pores reduce
the accessibility of water for roots due to its availability only at more negative pore water
pressures (Fasinmirin, 2012). Apart from the obvious limitation of the amount of available water
from precipitation and freshwater reserves (aquifers, rivers etc.), greater drying of soils is making
them less able to retain water. Drying accentuates the movement of organic solutes to soil
surfaces and if critical water content is reached, a water repellent barrier can form that limits the
rate and capacity of soil. (Doerr et al., 2006). The aim of this study was to compare empirical
sorptivity values obtain with Philip‘s equation from field data with the ones generated by
Pedotransfer functions.
more laborious and expensively determined soil properties. Pedotransfer functions (PTFs) allow
translation of textural information into estimation and/or prediction of hydrologic properties
(Bouma and Finke 1993). Youngs (1964) formula was used to estimate sorptivity, with suction
head at the wetting front estimated from (Rawls 1992) and Brook-Corey (1964).
Young expressed sorptivity as:
( ) √ ( ) --------Eq. [2]
Where: Ø is the porosity of the soil
Өi is the initial volumetric moisture content of the soil
Sf = ψ = the soil‘s sunction at the wetting front
ks = saturated hydraulic conductivity (cm/hr)
By Rawls (1992)
[
] -----------Eq. [3]
Where: C is % clay content
S is % sand content
By Brooks-Corey (1964)
------Eq. [4]
Where: where λ & hb are the Brooks-Corey pore-size distribution index and bubbling pressure
head (cm). These parameters are defined based on clay and sand %, and porosity (cm3 cm–3).
This was obtained from standard values from Maidment (1993) based on the soil‘s textural class.
n
( X obs,i X mo del,i ) 2
i 1
RMSE
n --------Eq. [5]
where Xobs is observed values and Xmodel is modelled values.
The Smaller the value of RMSE the less the error conversely, the larger the value the more the
error in prediction.
10.00
Point 1
5.00 Point 2
Point 3
0.00 Point 4
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 point 5
Transformed time(hr1/2)
Point 6
From Table 3 the sorptivity factor, in the Philip‘s model, varied from 8.48 to 11.37, that
of Rawls ranged from 8.92 to 11.58 which is close to Philip‘s model but a little higher and
Brooks-Corey‘s ranged from 3.02 to 4.79. From table 4, the statistical analysis at p < 0.01
showed that there are no significant differences between the sorptivity factor from the Philip‘s
model and the one estimated by Rawls PTF but there was a high significant difference between
the sorptivity factor from the Philip‘s model and the one estimated by Brooks-Corey PTF. The
value of the RMSE from Rawls is 1.525 and that of BC is 6.253 which are obviously larger than
that of Rawls. The result partially agrees with that obtained by Haghighi et al., (2010), they
evaluated infiltration characteristics and some parameters of infiltration models such as
sorptivity and final steady infiltration, they observed that the estimated sorptivity factor by
Philip‘s model was significantly different to those estimated by Rawls and BC PTFs and
suggested that the applicability of PTFs is limited to specific conditions.
Conclusion
The determined sorptivity factor is a variable parameter under field conditions, the
estimated values of sorptivity factor by Philip‘s model was significantly different for Brook-
Corey PTF but not different for Rawls PTF, this means Rawls PTF predicted sorptivity factor
better that Brook-Corey‘s under this field condition. Soil spatial variability has an appreciable
effect on infiltration properties and hydraulic parameters that need to be evaluated in more detail.
unsaturated porous materials‖
171 Ajayi et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
References
Angelaki A., Sakellariou M., Tzimopoulos C. and Yannopoulos S. (2004). Estimation of
Sorptivity at a Sandy Soil Sample. Protection and Restoration of the Environment Vii –
Mykonos2004
Bouma J, Finke P A. (1993) ―Origin and nature of soil resource variability‖ Site-Specific
Management for Agricultural Systems. Madison, Wisconsin: ASA, CSSA, SSSA; 1993.
pp. 3–13.
Brooks R.H., Corey A.T., (1964) ―Hydraulic properties of porous media‖ Hydrology paper 3.
Colorado St Univ, Fort Collins, USA.
Doerr S.H., Shakesby R.A., Dekker L.W., Ritsema C.J. 2006. Occurrence prediction and
hydrological effects of water repellency amongst major soil and land-use types in a
humid temperate climate. European Journal of Soil Science, 57: 741–754.
Fasinmirin J. T. (2012) ―Determination of Water Repellency Index and Contact Angle of Soils of
Three Agro-Ecological Zones of Ondo State, Nigeria‖ Journal of Agricultural
Engineering and Technology (JAET), Volume 20 (No. 1) June, 2012.
Haghighi F., M. Gorji, M. Shorafa, F. Sarmadian and M. H. Mohammadi (2010) ―Evaluation of
some infiltration models and hydraulic parameters‖ Spanish Journal of Agricultural
Research 2010 8(1), 210-217
Maidment, D.R., (Editor in Chief), (1993), Handbook of Hydrology, McGraw-Hill, 1424 pages.
(Translated into Chinese in 2002, and distributed there by www.sciencep.com).
Philip, John R (1957). "The theory of infiltration: 4. Sorptivity and algebraic infiltration
equations". Soil Science 84: 257–264.
Rawls W.J., (1992) Infiltration and soil water movement. In: Handbook of Hydrology, Chapter 5
(Maidment D.R.), McGraw-Hill. Inc, USA.
Singh A. K. (2000) Use of pedotransfer functions in crop growth simulations. J Water Manage.
2000;8:18–21.
Ungaro F, Calzolari C, Busoni E. (2005) ―Development of pedotransfer functions using a group
method of data handling for the soil of the Pianura Padano–Veneta region of North Italy:
water retention properties‖ Geoderma. 2005;124:293–317.
Youngs E.G., (1964) ―An infiltration method measuring the hydraulic conductivity of Jourrnal of
Soil Science 97, 307-311.
John A. Onipe
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Kogi State Polytechnic, PMB 1101, Lokoja, Kogi State
[email protected], 08038571719
Abstract
Mobile communication is a major driver of Information and Communication Technology which
in turn drives the nation towards development. Proper planning of mobile network services is
therefore very important, especially in a hilly terrain, to mitigate the signal path losses caused
by irregular terrain and to ensure a satisfactory quality of service. Accurate path-loss
propagation model is an important tool for effective Radio Frequency (RF) planning. Therefore,
the model must be site-specific. In this research, path-loss measured from selected environments
at 3G frequency in the hilly Okene area of Kogi State, Nigeria, was compared with predictions
from different path-loss models (Free space, COST-231, Hata, Egli and ECC-33). The Root
Mean Square Error (RMSE) of the predicted path-loss was used to modify the original model to
develop new and accurate model for each environment. The New Models for the Urban and
Rural environments showed deviations (RMSE) of 10.25dB and 14.47dB respectively. These
show significant improvement over the original models. However, the Hata model RMSE of
13.27dB is found to be the least deviation model for the Suburban environment.
Introduction
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) is highly indispensable to development in
every sector of our national life. Its impacts on the economy, government, commerce, education,
market structure and the other sections of the society are enormous, especially in developing
nations like Nigeria in the 21st century (Oladimeji & Folayan, 2018; Roztocki et al., 2019). A
major instrument for ICT is wireless communication or GSM (General System for Mobile)
communication, which is the transfer of information (audio, video and data) in the form of
electromagnetic (EM) wave from the transmitter to the receiver (Onuu & Usanga, 2017). The
major providers of GSM services in Nigeria are the MTN, Globacom, Airtel and 9mobile. They
also provide internet services upon which the emerging Internet of Things (IoT) is predicated.
Network Services in several places in Nigeria, especially the rural areas and irregular terrain
environments, are relatively poor (Tonga, 2017; Onipe et al., 2020). This problem impacts
adversely on the various sectors of the society and consequently hampers national development.
Mitigating this problem requires effective Radio Frequency (RF) Planning and management for
continuous satisfactory service delivery regardless of the type of environment - Urban, Suburban,
Rural, Flatland or Hilly. This helps to determine the suitable specifications of equipment, area of
coverage, appropriate location of Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) and effective transmission
frequency assignment. Subsequently, RF Planning becomes a routine activity for detecting
degradation in network performance and optimizing the network for improved quality of service
(QoS) (Onipe et al., 2020).
One of the most effective RF Planning tool is the Propagation Path-loss Model. Path-loss (PL) is
the power losses experienced by EM waves traveling along the air interface (path) from the
transmitter (BTS) to the receiver (Orike et al., 2017). Factors responsible for these losses include
Free Space propagation, environmental effects (reflection, diffraction, scattering), topography,
multipath, vehicle penetration, refraction, environment types, terrain types, building types,
atmosphere and vegetation (Tarkaa et al., 2017).
Mathematically, Path-loss, PL, is given by,
PL (dB) = Pt(dB) – Pr(dB) (1)
where Pt and Pr are Transmitted power and Received power respectively.
A Path-loss model is a set of mathematical equations developed for path-loss prediction in
definite areas (Worgu et al., 2017). Depending on the method employed in its development, a
model may be described as stochastic (statistical) if series of random variables were used for its
development, deterministic if it is developed from physical laws of EM wave propagation and
empirical if developed from field measurements (Mollel & Kisangiri, 2014). Some of the path-
loss models used in literature all over the world is Okumura model, Hata model, Egli model,
COST-231 model, ECC-33 model and Standard University Interim (SUI) model. Each of them is
limited in terms of operating frequency range, environment type, distance range, BTS and mobile
Receiver antenna height ranges.
The aim of this study is to develop propagation models for predicting signal path-loss at mobile
network frequencies in the hilly environments of Okene in Kogi State of Nigeria. The area is
characterized by peculiar series of irregular mountains with poor mobile network performance in
many parts. Field measurements of MTN Network signals were used for the study because MTN
has a relatively wider coverage compared with the other Networks (Glo, Airtel and 9mobile)
present in Okene area. Although two network types, 2G (900MHz and 1800MHz) and 3G
(2100MHz), were present as at the time of this study, the work was limited to 3G (2100MHz)
only because it was the latest of the two technologies. 4G network is yet to be installed. Signal
174 John, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
strength field measurements were used to calculate the field measured path-loss in three selected
environments in the area. The measured path-loss was compared with calculated path-loss from
selected models for degree of predictability. From thence, more accurate path-loss prediction
models were developed for those environments by modifying the existing models.
The rest of the paper is organized as follows: The problem that motivated this research is
discussed in Section II. Path-loss Prediction models used in this study are discussed in Section III
with a brief literature review of some related works. Section IV describes the Materials and
methods employed to achieve the objectives of this work. Section V is the Results analysis and
Discussion of the modeling process. The new models are then evaluated for performance analysis.
Lastly, Section VI is the Conclusion.
Problem Statement
The study area is a highly mountainous area and network signal reception is generally poor in
many parts. An accurate path-loss model for each of the environments in the area is important for
existing and intending network operators to carry out necessary proper planning, design,
management and optimization. The most recent published literature on path-loss models for
Okene area utilized field measurements from 9mobile network which does not have a wide spread
of BTS. MTN has a wider coverage in the area. Therefore, measurements of MTN signal strength
will be best for developing more accurate path-loss models for the environments.
Path-Loss Models
The path-loss models used in this study are discussed below.
Free Space Path-loss (PLF) is given in (Mohamed, 2018) as:
PLF (dB) = 32.44 + 20log10(f) + 20log10(d) (2)
where f is the propagation frequency in MHz and d is the transmitter-receiver separation in km.
Okumura model path-loss (PLOk) was expressed in (Orike et al., 2017) as:
PLOk (dB) = PLF + Amu(f,d) – G(hte) – G(hre) – GAREA
(3) where Amu(f,d) is the median attenuation relative to free space; G(hte) is the transmitter antenna
height gain; G(hre) is the receiver antenna height gain; GAREA is the gain due to environment type
obtainable from Okumura graph.
G(hte) = 20log (ht /200), 1000m > ht > 30m; (3a)
G(hre) = 10log(hr /3), hr ≤ 3m (3b)
G(hre) = 20log(hr /3), 10m > hr > 3m (3c)
f : 150MHz to 1920MHz; d: 1km to 100km; Transmit antenna height (hte): 30m to 1000m.
Hata Model Path-loss (or Okumura-Hata model) is based on Okumura data to provide a standard
empirical formula for path-loss calculation instead of Okumura graph (Onipe et al., 2020). Hata
Model path-loss (PLHATA) is given by
175 John, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
PLH ATA(dB) = 69.55 + 26.16log f – 13.82log ht – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d (4)
where a(hr) is a correction factor for effective mobile antenna height given by
For medium sized city, by
a(hr) = (1.1logf – 0.7)hr) – (1.56log f – 0.8)dB (4a)
For a large city,
a(hr) = 8.29(log 1.54 hr)2 – 1.1 dB (f ≤ 300 MHz) (4b)
2
a(hr) = 3.2(log 1.75 hr) – 4.97 dB (f ≥300 MHz) (4c)
COST-231-Hata model is an extension of Hata model to a frequency of 2GHz, and is given by:
PLCost231 (dB) = 46.3 + 33.9log f – 13.28log (ht) – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d + CM
(5)
Where CM = { (5a)
path-loss measurements from Etisalat, MTN, Glo and Airtel Networks at 900MHz. COST-231
model was found to perform better than the other two for all the Networks considered.
d = 2r sin-1 (√ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )) (8)
where θ1 and θ2 are latitudes and φ1 and φ2 are longitudes of the Cell towers and the
measurement points respectively; r is the radius of the earth (= 6371km).
Mean Absolute Percentage Error (MAPE) and Root Mean Square Error (RMSE)
The predictability of each model with respect to measured path-loss is determined by the MAPE
which is calculated by (Lin & Maw, 2018):
| ( ) ( )|
MAPE = *(∑ ( )) + *100% (10)
( )
The closeness of the calculated path-loss to the measured path-loss is determined by the RMSE
equation (Hoomod et al., 2018):
[ ( ) ( )]
RMSE = √∑ (11)
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
Figure 1: Received Signal Strength variation with Distance for the Urban
Environment
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6
-20
Received Signal Strength (dBm)
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 2: Received Signal Strength variation with Distance for the Suburban
Environment
0
Received Signal Strength (dBm)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120
Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 3: Received Signal Strength variation with Distance for the Rural
Environment
Figure 4 and 6 below shows the graphical representations of measured path loss compared with
calculated path-loss against distance.
150
130
Path-loss (dBm)
110
90
70 PLm PLfspl
PLcost231 PLhata
50
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6
Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 4: Measured Path-loss compared with Calculated Path-loss for the Urban Environment
140
120
Path-loss (dBm)
100
80
PLm PLfspl
60 PLcost231 PLhata
PLegli Log. (PLm)
40
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4
Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 5: Measured Path-loss compared with Calculated Path-loss for the Suburban
Environment
160
140
Path-loss (dBm)
120
100
PLm PLfspl
80 PLcost231 PLhata
60
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 6: Measured Path-loss compared with Calculated Path-loss for the Rural Environment
The predictability of the models for each environment is shown in Figures 7 to 9. The
predictability of ECC-33 model is excessively high for the three environments.
100
Error(MAPE) %
Error(MAPE) %
100
80
80 80
60 60
60
MAPE) %
40 40 40
17.22 13.31
11.53 13.88 19.44 10.34 10.2 16.05 18.54 10.58
20 9.2 20 20 9.89
0 0 0
MODIFICATION PROCESS
Table 1 shows the calculated RMSE of the reference models. The RMSE of ECC-33 model
shows over-prediction by that model. The Free Space model does not capture the contributions
of the other causes of path-loss. Therefore, both ECC-33 and Free Space were found unsuitable
for modification to develop accurate path-loss models for the area.
For each environment, the RMSE of each model was subtracted (or added) to the original model
equation to obtain a new model. The new model is used to predict new path-loss values. The
RMSE of the new model is compared with that of the original and with the RMSEs of the other
models. The model with the least deviation (RMSE) is confirmed to be the most accurate model
for that environment.
Table 1: RMSE of the Calculated Path-loss Before and After Modification
Environment Status Free COST- Hata Egli ECC-
Space 231(dB) (dB) (dB) 33
(dB) (dB)
Urban RMSE before 20.55 16.99 14.98 12.29 126.85
modification
RMSE after 10.25dB 10.43 13.03
modification
Suburban RMSE before 17.88 22.4 13.27 14.2 133.31
modification
RMSE after 13.45 16.21 19.53
modification
Rural RMSE before 24.65 24.35 14.72 14.53 161.78
modification
RMSE after 14.47 16.87 18.28
modification
From Table 1, COST-231 gives the least RMSE of 10.25dB after modification by subtracting
16.99dB from the original equation (see equation 12). Therefore, the new model for the urban
environment is given by equation 13.
PLUrban (dB) = 46.3 + 33.9log f – 13.28log (ht) – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d – (16.99)
(12)
PLUrban (dB) = 29.31 + 33.9log f – 13.28log (ht) – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d
(13)
Figure 10 is the plot of the new Path-loss Model (PLUrban) compared to the Measured path-loss
for the urban area.
For the suburban environment, it can be seen from Table 1 that the least RMSE after
modification process was 13.45dB obtained from COST-231 model. However, this is still higher
than the RMSE of the unmodified Hata model (13.27dB). Therefore, the unadjusted Hata model
is more accurate for the suburban area and is given by Equation 14.
PLsuburban(dB) = 69.55 + 26.16log f – 13.82log ht – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d
(14)
For the Rural environment, the modification process is shown in Equation 15 to yield the new
Path-loss model Equation 16. Figure 11 is the graphical comparison of the new model prediction
with the measured path-loss.
PLRural (dB) = 46.3 + 33.9log f – 13.28log (ht) – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d – (24.35)
(15)
PLRural (dB) = 21.95 + 33.9log f – 13.28log (ht) – a(hr) + (44.9 – 6.55log ht)log d
(16)
150
160
130
Path-loss (dBm)
140
110
Path-loss (dBm)
120
90
100
PLm
70 PLm
80 PLcost231
50 60
0 0.5 1 1.5 0 2 4 6
Tx-Rx Distance (km) Tx-Rx Distance (km)
Figure 10: Measured Path-loss compared with Figure 11: Measured Path-loss compared with
New Path-lossfor the Urban Environment New Path-loss for the Rural Environment
Generally, the graphical plots of the results shown in Figures 1 to 6 clearly indicate the effects of
mountains which are the major causes of path-loss in the area. Other contributing factors are the
BTS location, vehicle penetration in the urban area, trees in the rural area and buildings.
REFERENCES
Akujobi, E., Nosiri, O., & Lazarus, U. (2016). Path Loss Characterization of 3G Wireless Signal
for Urban and Suburban Environments in Port Harcourt City, Nigeria. International
Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET) , 03 (03), 16-22.
Ebhota, V. C., Isabona, J., & Srivastava, V. M. (2018). Modelling, Simulation and Analysis of
Signal Pathloss for 4G Cellular Network Planning. Journal of Engineering and Applied
Sciences , 13 (7), 1907-1918.
Eichie, J. O., Oyedum, O. D., Ajewole, M. O., & Aibinu, A. M. (2017). Comparative analysis of
basic models and artificial neural network based model for path loss prediction. Progress
In Electromagnetics Research , 61, 133-146.
Hoomod, H. K., Al-Mejibli, I., & Jabboory, A. I. (2018). Analyzing Study of Path-loss
Propagation Models in Wireless Communications at 0.8GHz. IOP Conference Series:
Journal of Physics: Conf. Series 1003 .
Iblaze, A. E., Imoize, A. L., Ajose, S. O., John, S. N., Ndujiuba, C. U., & Idachaba, F. E. (2017).
An Empirical Propagation Model for Path Loss Prediction at 2100MHz in a Dense Urban
Environment. Indian Journal of Science and Technology , 10 (5), 1-9.
Inoize, A. L., & Oseni, A. I. (2019). Investigation and Path-loss Modeling of Fourth Generation
Long Term Evolution Network along Major Highways in Lagos, Nigeria. Ife Journal of
Science (IJS) , 21 (1).
Lin, K. Z., & Maw, M. M. (2018). Empirical Outdoor Propagation Model for Sub-Urban: A Case
Study Patheingyi Township in MANDALAY. 2018 Joint International Conference on
Science, Technology and Innovation, Mandalay by IEEE , 1-5.
Mohamed, I. (2018). Path-Loss Estimation for Wireless Cellular Networks Using Okumura/Hata
Model. Science Journal of Circuits, Systems and Signal Processing , 7 (1), 20-27.
Mollel, M. S., & Kisangiri, M. (2014). Comparison of Empirical Propagation Path Loss Models
for Mobile Communication. Computer Engineering and Intelligent Systems , 5, 1-10.
Musefiu, A., Tonga, A. D., & Jafaru, I. (2017, March 23-24). Determination Of Path Loss Of
Gsm Signal In Kazaure Town. Proceedings of 99th The IIER International Conference .
183 John, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Okor, R. C., & Iwuji, P. C. (2019.). Investigation of GSM Signal Strength in Rural Communities
in the South-Eastern Region of Nigeria. European Scientific Journal , 15, 140-152.
Oladimeji, T. T., & Folayan, G. B. (2018). ICT and Its Impact on National Development In
Nigeria: An Overview. Research & Reviews: Journal of Engineering and Technology , 7
(1), 5-10.
Onipe, J. A., Alenoghena, C. O., Salawu, N., & Paulson, E. N. (2020). Optimal Propagation
Models for Path-loss Prediction in a Mountainous Environment at 2100MHz. 2020
International Conference in Mathematics, Computer Engineering and Computer Science
(ICMCECS) , 1-6.
Onuu, M. U., & Usanga, E. M. (2017). Path Loss Prediction for Some GSM Networks for Akwa-
Ibom State, Nigeria. Global Journal of Researches in Engineering: D Aerospace Science ,
17 (2).
Orike, S., Elechi, P., & Ekanem, I. A. (2017). Assessment and Modeling of GSM Signal
Propagation in Uyo, Nigeria. European Journal of Engineering Research and Science , 2
(11), 49-58.
Roztocki, N., Soja, P., & Weistro, H. R. (2019). The Role of Information and Communication
Technologies in Socio-economic Development: Towards a Multi-dimensional Framework.
Information Technology for Development , 25 (2), 171-183.
Shoewu, O., Salau, N. O., Ogunlewe, A. O., & Oborkhale, L. I. (2016). Path Loss Measurement
And Modeling For Lagos State G.S.M Environments. Review of Computer Engineering
Research , 3 (4), 69-81.
Tarkaa, N. S., Agbo, V. A., & Oglegba, S. O. (2017). Radio Propagation Path-loss Analysis for
an Operative GSM Network. The International Journal of Engineering and Science (IJES)
, 6 (9), 53-67.
Tonga, D. A. (2017, December 24). Path Loss Propagation Model Prediction for GSM Mobile
Networks in Nigeria. First International Conference on Information Technology,
Communications and Computing (ICITCC 2017) .
Worgu, S., Ajumo, S. G., & Odu, N. N. (2017). Comparative Evaluation of the Pathloss
Prediction Performance Hata-Okumura Pathloss Model for Urban, Suburban and Rural
Areas. International Journal of Systems Science and Applied Mathematics , 2 (1), 42-50.
Adedayo A. V. 1,2
1
Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Kwara State Polytechnic, Ilorin, Nigeria
2
Materials Science and Engineering Department, Obafemi Awolowo University, Ile-Ife, Nigeria
1.0 Introduction
Solders are used in plumbing, electronics, and many other metalworks. Soldering provides
reasonably permanent but reversible connections between copper pipes in plumbing systems as
well as joints in sheet metal objects such as food cans, roof flashing, rain gutters and automobile
radiators. Through these means, lead can get leached into the environment. As a way to cub this,
regulations such as the European RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive) are
being introduced (UK Government, 2019). Also, efforts are being made to develop other solder
alloys with no lead content or with drastically reduced lead content. Of the Zinc-Aluminum (ZA)
family, only ZA8, ZA12, and ZA27 are well known, and their physical/ mechanical properties
well documented (Adedayo, 2019). Information on properties of ZA5 are scarce, and information
on properties of ZA5 solution heat treated at low temperatures is more scare. Considering
working conditions of most electronic devices, electronic devices can be inadvertently heated are
185 Adedayo, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
exposed to high temperature by prolonged current flow due to continuous usage. Therefore,
information on the influence of temperature on microstructure stability, and change in
mechanical characteristics of bulk solder alloys is of practical importance (Seenappa and Karma,
2011). Particularly information on elasticity of ZA5 alloy will be very useful for design and
material selection for joining in electronic works. Elasticity is the ability of a body to resist a
distorting influence and to return to its original size and shape when that influence or force is
removed (Landau and Lipshitz, 1970; Treloar, 1975 ; Sadd, 2005). This property is important in
electronic devices as it determines the extent to which a solder material can elongate without
electrical contact with other components in the device.
Therefore, this study seeks to generate information on elasticity of solutionized ZA5 solder alloy.
Generally, understanding mechanical properties of materials is very important (Roylance, 2001;
University of Cambridge, 2018; American Society for Metals, 1972) to provide knowledge
which is vital and useful for design and many other important engineering applications.
500 µm
500 µm
Table 1, the result of elemental chemical analysis shows that Zn (79 Conc.%) and Al (15
Conc.%) are the major elements in the alloy, with very low percentages of Pb (3 Conc. %).
Figures 1 and 3 present stress-strain curve (tensile test) results measured by the Universal testing
machine. The result shows that the curves are concave-up/J-type (Roylance, 2001; University of
Cambridge, 2018). For these types of stress-strain curves, Loading and unloading occurs along
the same curve, i.e. the loading is completely reversible and elastic (Robi et al., 2013). This
ensures that all the energy used in extending the system is returned once the load is removed.
These plots show that the ZA5 samples behave in such a way that they do not show any
significant plastic deformation, but fail while the deformation is still elastic.
For metals and other materials that have a significant straight line portion in their stress-strain
diagram, elastic limit is approximately equal to proportional limit. For materials that do not
exhibit a significant proportional limit, elastic limit is an arbitrary approximation of apparent
elastic limit (MIT, 2019), which is the arbitrary approximation of the elastic limit of materials
that do not have a significant straight line portion on a stress/strain diagram. It is equal to the
stress at which the rate of strain is 50% greater than at zero stress. It is the stress at the point of
tangency between the stress-elastic Hysteresis strain curve and the line having a slope, with
respect to the stress axis, 50% greater than the slope of the curve at the origin. For this study, the
tensile strains at break are 2.5 and 1.7 % for untreated and treated samples respectively.
Figures 2 and 4 present the micrographs of the samples. The microstructure of the solutionized
specimen contain fine and stable grain size of the aluminum-rich (α-phase) and zinc-rich (β-
phase) terminal solid solutions superplastic microstructure formed during solution treatment of
the alloy at 100ºC (American Society for Metals, 1972). Superplastic states have been reported
to improve materials mechanical properties (Seenappa and Karma, 2011; American Society for
Metals, 1972). The presence of superplastic structure is confirmed in the micrograph of solution
heat treated sample presented in Figure 4.
Conclusion
The result of the study shows that the stress-strain curve for the ZA5 cast alloy samples is
concave-up/J-type. For these type of curves, loading and unloading occurs along the same curve,
and the loading is completely reversible and elastic. This ensures that all the energy used in
extending the system is returned once the load is removed. This implies that the material failed
while the deformation is still elastic. This alloy in the as cast and solution heat treated states;
exhibits superplastic condition, where low flow stresses brings about high elongation in the
material. By Solution heat treatment at 100ºC for 6 hours, properties of the ZA5 alloy can be
improved. In general, solution heat treatment of ZA5 alloy for 6 hours at 100C influenced the
properties of the alloy material.
References
Adedayo, A.V. (2019), Effects of 600 Microns Particles of Egg Shell on Elongation of Zinc-
Aluminum (ZA27) Alloy, 7th Annual Conference of School of Engineering Technology,
Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi, Edo State, 22nd to 24th May, 2019
American Society for Metals, (1972), Atlas of Microstructures of Industrial Alloys, Metal
Handbook, 8th ed., Vol. 7; American Society for Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, pp. 337, 340
Landau, L. D & Lipshitz, E. M. (1970). Theory of Elasticity, 3rd ed., pp: 1–172.
MIT, (2019) Meaning of the parameters, Retrieved on September 7, 2019 from:
http://web.mit.edu/course/3/3.11/www/pset03/Definitions.pdf
Robi, K.; Jakob, N.; Matevz, K. & Matjaz, V. (2013) The Physiology of Sports Injuries and
Repair Processes, Current Issues in Sports and Exercise Medicine, Retrieved on January
21, 2020 from: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/5423477
Roylance, D. (2001) Stress-strain curves, Retrieved on August 1, 2019 from:
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and-engineering/3-11-mechanics-of-
materials-fall-1999/modules/MIT3_11F99_ss.pdf
Sadd, M. H. (2005). Elasticity: Theory, Applications, and Numerics. Oxford: Elsevier.
ISBN 978-0-1237-4446-3.
Treloar, L. R. G. (1975). The Physics of Rubber Elasticity. Oxford: Clarendon Press, ISBN 978-
0-1985-1355-1.
ABSTRACT
This research work is focused on the Determination of Liberation Size of Agbaja iron ore deposit
in kogi state Nigeria. The techniques involved in the study were sample collection and
preparation, sieve analysis and chemical analysis of the field sample. The mesh of grind was
found to be 875 µm and the liberation size was established to be less than 250 µm sieve size
having the highest percentage of elemental iron composition of 36.59 and 35.91% iron content.
The study recommended further investigation on the separation of the iron ore using 250 µm and
other lesser sieve sizes for further upgrade of the ore.
I. INTRODUCTION
The enormous growth of industrialization from the eighteenth century onward led to dramatic
increases in the annual output of most mineral commodities, particularly metals. Iron is one of
the most common elements on earth. Nearly every structure put on by man contains at least a
little iron. It is also one of the oldest metals and was first fashioned into useful and ornamental
objects about 3,500 years ago (Lambert and Mark, 1988). Minerals by definition are natural
inorganic substances possessing definite chemical compositions and atomic structures. Many
minerals exhibit isomorphism, where substitution of atoms takes place without affecting the
atomic structure (Wills and Napier-Munn, 2006). Other minerals exhibit polymorphism; different
minerals having the same chemical composition but markedly different physical properties due
to a difference in crystal structures. One of the most important determining factors for
establishing Iron and steel plants is the availability of iron ore deposit with good geological,
mineralogical and metallurgical properties. There are two fundamental operations in mineral
processing namely; the release or liberation of the valuable minerals from their waste gangue
minerals and separation of these valuables from the gangue, this latter process being known as
concentration. The liberation of the valuable minerals from the gangue is accomplished by
comminution and one of the major objectives of comminution is the liberation of the valuable
minerals from the associated gangue minerals at the coarsest possible particle size. If such an aim
is achieved, then not only is energy saved by the reduction of the amount of fines produced but
any subsequent separation stages become easier and cheaper to operate.
Many researchers have tried to quantify degree of liberation with a view to predicting the
behaviour of particles in a separation process (Barbery, 1991). The first attempt at the
development of a model for the calculation of liberation was made by Gaudin (1939); King
(1982) developed an exact expression for the fraction of particles of a certain size that contained
less than a prescribed fraction of any particular mineral.
If high grade products are required then good liberation is essential in the process (Wills and
Atkinson, 1993). Iron as in the case of most minerals are finely disseminated and intimately
associated with gangues, which must be unlocked before separation can be undertaken. This is
achieved by comminution, in which the particle size of the ore is progressively reduced until the
particles of mineral can be separated by such methods as are available (Knecht, 1994).
Comminution in the mineral processing plant takes place as a sequence of crushing and grinding
processes carried out until the mineral and gangue are substantially produced as separate
particles (Flavel, 1978).
Crushing is the first mechanical stage in the process of comminution in which the main objective
is the liberation of the valuable minerals from the gangue (Lewis et al, 1976). Crushing is
accomplished by compression of the ore against rigidly constrained motion path. This is
contrasted with grinding which is accomplished by abrasion and impact of the ore by the free
motion of unconnected media such as rods, balls or pebbles.
Grinding is the last stage in the process of comminution, in this stage the particles are reduced in
size by a combination of impact and abrasion, either dry or in suspension in water. It is
performed in rotating cylindrical steel vessels which contain a charge of loose crushing bodies.
(The grinding medium) which is free to move inside the mill, thus comminuting the ore particles.
According to the ways by which motion is imparted to the charge, grinding mills are generally
classified into two types: tumbling mills and stirred mills (Wills and Napier-Munn, 2006). Size
analysis of the various products after comminution of a concentrator constitutes a fundamental
part of laboratory testing procedure. It is of great importance in determining the quality of
grinding and in establishing the degree of liberation of the values from the gangue of various
particle sizes (Barbery, 1972).
This is done, primarily to establish that particle size at which the various grains in an ore
happened to be free of each other, thus setting the stage for effective and efficient separation
process. This particular particle size is referred to as liberation size, which also should be at the
coarsest possible size to avoid energy waste through over grinding and hence saves a great deal
of cost.
III. METHODOLODY
A. Sampling Method
Random sampling method was used to obtain bulk iron ore samples from agbaja deposit.
Lump sizes of the ore are collected from the face of the deposit at intervals of about 10 m apart.
B. Sample Preparation
The lump sizes of the ore collected were broken into sizes that can be fed into a laboratory size
jaw crusher using a sledge hammer. The samples were weighed for crushing and sieving and the
oversize produced was ground in a ball mill characterized to rotate at 60 r.p.m. Sieve analysis is
then carried out on the ground sample.
C. Mineralogical Composition
Scanning Electron Microscope SEM model JEOL 840 was used to analyze the sample for its
mineral constituent. All the samples were carbon coated in order to make the mineral surface
conductive and then mounted for analyses. Qualitative chemical analyses of minerals were
carried out using SEM/EDS to produce back scattered images (BSI). The result of the field
sample is shown in Table 1.
D. Sieve Analysis
Ten sets of sieves ranging from 2360 µm to 150 µm were used to carry out sieve analysis of the
crushed and ground ore sample. The mesh of the top sieve was loaded with 2.5 kg of the crushed
and ground ore and allowed to vibrate for 20 minutes. During the shaking, the undersize material
falls through successive sieves until it is retained on a sieve having apertures which were slightly
smaller than the diameter of the particles. After a successful operation each size fraction retained
on each sieve was collected weighed and value recorded.
The results of various laboratory experiments carried out were analyzed and presented as
follows;
120
100
% Cummulative Wgt. Passing
80
60
40
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Sieve Size (µm)
Fig 2. Particle distribution curve for sieve analysis of crushed and ground ore
B. Discussion
The chemical analysis of the field sample was conducted on a scanning electron microscope
which produce the result in its elemental form indicated iron (Fe) to be the dominant metal in the
list of element detected with an elemental percent composition of 35.48 % which makes it a low
197 Ayoola et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
grade iron ore deposit. There is also a significant amount of the phosphorus element present at
1.8 %. The presence of phosphorus in the ore makes it unique when compared to other iron ore
deposits found in Nigeria.
Tables 2 and 3 of sieve analysis show the performance of the communition process of crushing
and grinding. It can be observed from Table 3 that the smaller the aperture of the sieve, the lower
the weight % of the iron ore retained. The aperture range of 2360 μm has the most retained
weight% followed by 850 μm and then 1700 μm respectively. But the value of % weight retained
by the 2360 µm would reduce by the regrinding process and thereby increase the weight retained
by the lower size sieves.
The valuable quantity which can be determined from the distribution curve is the median size of
the sample which refers to the midpoint in the size distribution or 50 % passing or retained. The
value obtained from the distribution curve of crushing shows that the 50% passing size is about
1575 µm while it is about 875 µm in the grinding distribution curve. This implies that 50 % of
the particles sieved are finer than 1575 µm and 50 % is coarser than this size for crushing while
50 % of the particles sieved are finer than 875 µm and 50 % is coarser than this size for grinding.
Also the energy consumed to produce particles of 1575 µm is the same energy consumed to
reduce the particle size to about 875 µm.
The chemical analysis of the sample conducted on all the product of sieves is shown in Table 4.
The result of the compositional analysis in elemental form indicated that 250 µm, 180 µm and
150 µm contains the valuable mineral (Fe) in higher percentages of 36.59 %, 35.91 % and 35.64
% respectively. This result shows that more of the iron (Fe) particles are liberated at the ≤ 250
µm. Therefore, the comminution plant should be designed in closed circuit so as to liberate more
iron minerals from the coarse meshes of the particle series in Table 4.
V. CONCLUSION
In conclusion this research has established that the Agbaja iron ore is a low grade deposit
with 35.48 % Fe content in the field sample tested in a scanning electron microscope and also
confirms the iron ore to be a goethite mineral with the presence of 1.8 % phosphorus which
makes it unique amongst other iron ore deposits in Nigeria. The liberation size was determined
by sieve analysis to be 250 µm having the highest percent elemental composition of 36.59 %
with 50 % passing size in grinding at 875 µm.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I wish to express my profound gratitude to Almighty God and my co-authors for the successful
work done on this research work thank you all.
REFERENCES
Aluko T. M., Kelechi L.N., Adeola A.A and Modupe O.A (2018): Health Risk Assessment of
Heavy Metals in Soil from the Iron Mines of Itakpe and Agbaja, Kogi State, Nigeria.
Pollution, 4(3): 527-538, Summer 2018DOI: 10.22059/poll.2018.243543.330Print ISSN:
2383-451X Online ISSN: 2383-4501Web Page: https://jpoll.ut.ac.ir, Email: [email protected]
Barbery, G. (1972): Derivation of a formula to estimate the mass of a sample for size analysis.
Trans. Inst. Min. Metall., 81 (784), Mar., C49-C51.
Barbery, G. (1991): Mineral Liberation, Les Editions GB, Quebec.
Bernhardt, C. (1994): Particle Size Analysis, Chapman & Hall, London.
Flavel, M.A (1978): Control of Crushing Circuits Will Reduce Capital and Operating Costs.
Mining Magazine Vol.207.
Gaudin, A.M. (1939): Principles of Mineral Dressing. McGraw-Hill, London.
King, R.P. (1982): The Prediction of Mineral Liberation from Mineralogical Textures, 14th
International Mineral Process Congress, paper VII-1, CIM, Toronto, Canada.
Knecht, J. (1994): High-pressure grinding rolls – a tool to optimize treatment of Refractory and
oxide gold ores, fifth mill operator‘s conference
Lambert, A.K and Mark, T.A, (1988): Spotlight on Iron and Steel. Rourke Enterprises, vol. 2 No
3, pp 43-48.
Lewis, F.M., Coburn, J.L., and Bhappu, R.B. (1976): Comminution: A Guide to Size-Reduction
System Design. Min. Engng., 28(Sept.), 29.
Wills B. A. and Atkinson, K. (1993): Some observations on the tract and Liberation of mineral
assemblies, minerals Engineering Vol.697
Wills B.A, Napier-Munn T.J (2006): Mineral Processing Technology: An Introduction to the
Practical Aspects of Ore Treatment and Mineral Recovery. Elsevier Science &
Technology Books (7th edn). ISBN: 0750644508
Adedayo A.V.1,2,
1
Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Kwara State Polytechnic, Ilorin, Nigeria
2
Materials Science and Engineering Department, Obafemi Awolowo University, Ile-Ife, Nigeria
1.0 Introduction
LM4 alloy is a general engineering alloy containing majorly Aluminum, Silicon and Copper as
the alloying elements. The range of elements in the alloy is given as: Al; 4.0-6.0Si; 2.0-4.0Cu;
0.15Mg; 0.8Fe; 0.-0.7Mn; 0.3Ni; 0.5Zn; 0.1Pb; 0.05Sn; 0.2Ti. Elements Fe, Mn, Ni, Zn, Pb, Sn
and Ti are considered impurity elements in the alloy (Adedayo, 2010; Chama, 1998; British
Standard, 1988). The alloy possesses good castability, low material cost and used as piston
alloy. It is also regularly used in junction boxes, gearboxes, tooling, gearboxes and electrical
200 Adedayo, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
fittings where its moderate mechanical properties are desirable. LM4 is produced from the non-
heat treatable Al-Si alloy by addition of copper to make the alloy thermally treatable.
While the alloy have been noted to possess attractive good engineering properties, however,
various investigations have been carried out on the alloy to broaden the scope of areas where
they can be usefully applied. Particularly, research efforts have been made to study influence of
thixoprocessing on mechanical properties of LM4 (Adedayo, 2012), and the influence of
Zirconium oxides reinforcement on the mechanical properties of the alloy was carried out by
Ravichandra and Kumar, (2018). Koushik et al., (2019) investigated the effects of soda glass
reinforment on mechanical behavior of LM4; also Mannurkar and Raikar, (2015) studied dry
sliding wear behaviour of LM4 using Taguchi approach. They found out that increased
percentage of silicon in the alloy does not favour improved wear resistance. It was also
observed that heat treatment tempering process has significant effect on tribological
characteristics of the alloy.
Normally, LM4 is fully heat treated by heating for 6-16 hours at 505-520°C, and quenched in hot
water and heat for 6-18 hours at 150-170°C before air cooled (Norton Aluminum, 2012). While
the processing of LM4 by heat treating at 505-520°C for 6-16 hours and at 150-170°C for 6-18
hours is well documented, processing LM4 directly at temperatures below 150-170°C has not
been reported in the literature. Davies (1993) however suggested that heat treatments processing
for longer times at lower temperatures give higher peak strength values. Therefore, this present
study seeks to mechanically characterize solution heat treated LM4 alloy. The influence of
solution heat treatment at 100ºC for 24 hours on mechanical characteristics of the LM4 alloy is
investigated. Generally, understanding mechanical properties of materials is very important
(Roylance, 2001; University of Cambridge, 2018; Robi et al., 2013; Moffatt et al., 1964) to
provide knowledge which is vital and useful for design and many other important engineering
applications.
of 100ºC for 24 hours, after which the sample was removed from the furnace and quickly
quenched in water maintained at a temperature of 10ºC, before the rod was machined on a lathe
machine into ASTM standard tensile test pieces for evaluation of mechanical behavior on the
Universal Testing Machine. One rod was kept untreated, and was also machined into standard
tensile test piece to be evaluated for mechanical behavior. This untreated sample served as
control specimen. Both treated and untreated specimens were then evaluated for mechanical
behavior on Universal Testing Machine. The result from the Universal Testing Machine
produced the tensile strength, maximum fracture energy, Young‘s Modulus, and elongation
values of the tested samples. The stress-strain graphs of the tested samples were also produced
by the Universal Testing Machine, and these plots were obtained for further analysis. Micro-
examination of the samples by optical microscopy was also carried out.
Table 1: Proportion of materials charged for the production of LM4 alloy.
Material Weight
Kg %
Al-Si 2.25 32
Al-Cu 1.75 25
Al Scrap 3 43
Total 7 100
The results of the study are presented in Table 2; and Figures 1 to 8. Table 1 presents the results
of the elemental chemical analysis of the produced LM4 alloy. Figures 1 and 3 show the stress-
strain curves for the untreated and the treated samples respectively. The microstructures of the
untreated and the treated samples are presented in Figures 2 and 4 respectively. In Figures 5 to 8,
the test results for tensile strength, maximum fracture energy, Young‘s Modulus, and elongation
values are presented respectively.
Table 2 showed that the percentage of the major alloying elements in the prepared alloy
compared well with chemical composition of standard LM4 alloy. The stress-strain curve of the
untreated sample presented in Figure 1 showed type-S stress-strain curve (Roylance, 2001).
Ordinarily, materials with S-shaped stress-strain curves are particularly susceptible to elastic
instabilities (University of Cambridge, 2018). The S-type stress-strain curve indicates three
distinct regions of the stress/strain curve. These regions are: (1) the toe region, (2) the linear
region, and (3) the yield and failure/fracture region. For this curve, the toe region is about 67% of
the total deformation, and includes all areas where low flow stresses bring about relatively large
extensions. In this initial part of the curve, the material presents low stiffness to increasing load.
Although toe region presents nonlinear stress/strain curve, because the slope of the toe region is
not linear, the material will return to its original length when unloaded, therefore this portion is
elastic and reversible and the slope of the curve represents an elastic modulus (Robi et al., 2013).
At about 0.0075 to 0.010 mm/mm, there is heel area within the toe region where there is onset of
increased stiffness to applied load. At 0.010mm/mm strain, the deformation enters the linear
region of the stress-strain curve. The linear region is about 17% of the entire deformation. The
region is an area of higher modulus indicating stiffer material. The tested material offered higher
stiffness to increased loading of the material. The stress strain curve presents a linear relationship
of the stress and strain in this region. This shows that the deformation in the region is elastic, and
the material will return to original shape/length when loading is removed. There is the onset of
yield and failure/fracture region at around 0.012 mm/mm strain where stress of about 60.92 MPa
was applied. The yield and failure/fracture region constitutes about 13% of the total deformation
before failure. The microstructure of the untreated sample reveals primary aluminum with some
strands of acicular silicon.
In Figure 3, the stress-strain curve of the treated sample is presented. Similarly the stress/strain
curve manifests the three distinct regions:: (1) the toe region, (2) the linear region, and (3) the
yield and failure/fracture region. In the treated sample, the toe is significantly reduced with the
absence of heel region. The toe is about 14.3% of the entire deformation before fracture.
Normally, the toe represents areas of low flow stress where low stresses bring about relatively
large extension. This shows that the tested material offered low stiffness to applied stress at this
stage.
Comparing the toe regions of the untreated and the treated samples, this reveals that treated
material offered higher stiffness than the untreated material. This implies that the solution heat
treatment applied to the LM4 has improved the stiffness of the LM4 matrix. At other times,
during solution heat treatment, a large number of submicroscopic particles with non-equilibrum
transition structure may form (Moffatt et al., 1964). These particles strain the matrix so that they
may increase the strength of the matrix. Microstructure of the treated sample presented in Figure
4 revealed coarsening of precipitate, confirming formation of precipitates during solution heat
treatment. The results of tensile strength, maximum fracture energy, Young‘s Modulus, and
elongation values presented in Figures 5 to 8 show that the tensile strength fracture energy and
Young‘s modulus increased during the solution heat treatment, where as elongation decreased.
Elongation decreased because of the straining of the matrix of the treated LM4 by formation of
precipitates during the solution heat treatment.
submicroscopic particles with non-equilibrium transition structure which may strain the matrix
of the alloy material to increase strength.
References
Adedayo, A.V. (2010) Effects of Thermomechanical Treatments on the Mechanical Properties of
Cast AlSiCu alloy (LM4), MSc Thesis, Department of Materials Science and Engineering,
Obafemi Awolowo University, Ile-Ife
Adedayo, A.V. (2012) Investigation of Properties of Thixoprocessed LM4, Journal of Minerals
& Materials Characterization & Engineering, 11(1),107-115
British Standard (1988): http://www.britishstandard/BS 1490:1988/
Chama, C.C. (1998) Journal of Materials Science Letters, Vol.17, No.21, pp1857
Davies, J. R. (1993) ASM Specialty Handbook: Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, ASM
International, ISBN: 978-0-87170-496-2
Koushik P K ; Ramya C R ; Mahanthesh, M. R. & Jain, S.P (2019) Investigation on Mechanical
Behavior of LM4 Alloys Reinforced with Soda Glass; International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology , 7 (7), 1-6
Mannurkar, N.W. & Raikar, P.U. (2015) Investigation of Dry Sliding Wear Behaviour of LM4
(Al - Si5Cu3)-T6/LM6 (Al-Si12)-M using Taguchi Approach, International Research
Journal of Engineering and Technology, 2(4), 66-74
Moffat, W.G; Pearsall, G.W.; Wulff J., (1964) The structure and properties of materials,
Norton Aluminum, (2012) LM4 (EN 1706 AC-45200) - Aluminum Casting Alloy, Retrieved on
January 18, 2020 from: http://www.nortal.co.uk/LM4/
Ravichandra, P.S. & Kumar, V. (2018) Study Of Mechanical Properties Of LM-4
Reinforcement With ZrO2 For Structural Application; Journal of Engineering Research
and Application; 8(10) , 54-60
Robi, K.; Jakob, N.; Matevz, K. & Matjaz, V. (2013) The Physiology of Sports Injuries and
Repair Processes, Current Issues in Sports and Exercise Medicine, Retrieved on January
21, 2020 from: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/5423477
Roylance, D. (2001) Stress-strain curves, Retrieved on August 1, 2019 from :
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and-engineering/3-11-mechanics-of-
materials-fall-1999/modules/MIT3_11F99_ss.pdf
Structure, Vol. 1, John Wiley and Sons, Brisbane, pp. 79, 183,184,
University of Cambridge, (2018) J- shaped Curves. Retrieved on August 3, 2019 from:
https://www.doitpoms.ac.uk/tlplib/bioelasticity/j-shaped-curves.php
ABSTRACT
Low density polyethylene wastes have been found littered on the streets of most communities and
states in Nigeria and rice husk constitute environmental nuisance. This research is aimed at
producing a composite of low density polyethylene waste and rice husk and analyzing its
mechanical properties. The composites were produced by compression moulding technique.
Various mix ratios of 4:0, 3:1 and 2:2 of low density polyethylene waste to rice husk was used.
Increasing the amount of reinforcement improve the strength and stiffness of the composites but
decreases the impact strength. It was observed that as the filler volume increases, the water
absorption rate of the composites increases. The chemical compatibility test showed that the
composite is unaffected by some food materials. SEM micrographs of the composites showed
void, smooth and fracture features. The LDPE have irregular small flakes on the surface.
INTRODUCTION
A composite material refers to a combination of two or more materials comprising of at least two
phase bonded together to produce a material with improved properties. One of these phases is a
continuous phase (matrix) while the other is a dispersed phase (reinforcement). The properties of
composites are a function of the properties of the constituent phase, their relative amount and the
geometry of the dispersed phase (Bledzki and Gassan, 1999). Various composite materials may
be formulated, targeting increase in mechanical properties such as hardness, stiffness, tensile
strength and water absorption. Investigations on polymer-based composite materials have opened
new routes for polymer formulation and allowed the production of new composites with optimal
properties for specific applications (Karnani et al., 1997, George et al., 2001). A number of
natural occurring fillers and fibers used in composites have been studied over the years, these
include wood fillers (Bledzki and Faruk 2004, Justin and Walter, 2005), wheat straw, almond
husk, rice husk ash, pineapple leaf, coconut fibers, cocoa pod etc (Ismail et al., 2001, Mishra et
al., 2002). A lot of waste materials are found littered in most places around the country; some of
them are polyethylene sachets and agricultural waste. Pure water sachet forms a major eyesore
on virtually all streets of the rural and even the urban areas. These waste are usually in very large
amounts, among these are the rice husk.
Agricultural waste occurs in various forms, for example, rice husk, sawdust, coconut
shell, palm kernel shell (Kenry et al., 2008). The wide use of plastic products in various
applications has greatly increased due to their unique properties which include mechanical
properties, resistance to chemical attack and corrosion, ease of processing and recycling, cost
effectiveness, light weight and others. However these properties are affected by many factors
such as stress, temperature and environment when they are exposed to services. In fact this led to
vehement objection of plastics in some specific applications. The attempt to overcome these
obstacles led to incorporation of fillers (inorganic and organic) into plastics with a view to
obtaining composites whose constituents act to tackle these challenges thereby making plastics
more reliable during use or processing.
Generally, the composite properties are influenced by many factors such as filler
characteristics, filler content and interfacial adhesion and dispersion due to the combination of
more than one material (Danyadi et al., 2009).
It has been discovered over the years that efforts made to prevent indiscriminate littering
of the environment with polymeric and agricultural waste has been inefficient as these polymeric
wastes such as LDPE can be seen littered in most streets in Nigeria. These calls for more effort
into the provision of a permanent solution to the problem of polymeric waste disposal in the
country. Hence the motivation of this study.
a. b.
c.
Fig.1: SEM micrographs of composites (a) 0% (b) 25% (c) 50%
Fig. 1 shows micrographs of the surfaces of composites sample using SEM. The analysis clearly
showed differences in the microstructure of the composites produced by varying the rice husk
particle content. The micrographs of the composites surfaces showed void, smooth and fracture
features. The LDPE have irregular small flakes on the surface.
Mechanical Properties
Table 1: Mechanical Properties
Composite Water absorption (%) Impact strength (J/m2)
composition (%)
0 0.80 266
25 2.80 270
50 3.97 262
4.5
4
3.5
Water absorption %
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0 25 50
Filler volume ratio
272
270
Impact strenght J/m2
268
266
264
262
260
258
0 25 50
Filler volume ratio
The water absorption test results are shown in Fig 2. It is clear from this figure that the
composites absorb water. It was observed that as the filler volume increases, the water absorption
rate of the composites increases. Hence composite with 50% rice husk absorbs more water than
the others.
The impact strength shows an increase as the filler volume ratio increases to 25% and gradually
decreases at 50%, Fig 3. As the rice husk filler particle content increases, the composite becomes
stiffer. It is evident that as the particle content is increased beyond 50% reinforcement, the
particles may not interact with the polymer matrix and the interfacial adhesion that is responsible
for the composite stiffness and strength would be much lower.
Chemical Compatibility
The composite of PE/Rice husk was used to produce cutting board for domestic use. Chemical
compatibility of two samples were carried out to ascertain the resistance of the composite cutting
board to food materials such as blood, butter, oil, potato, yam, tomatoes, onion, pepper and
vegetable. The composite with 50% rice husk was unaffected by butter and potato.
Conclusion
This work examines rice husk as reinforcing filler in Low density polyethylene (LDPE). The rice
husk has good strength and modulus coupled with good adhesion and uniform dispersion into the
matrix. Morphological studies revealed that there is a good dispersion of the filler into the
polymer matrix. The composite fabrication of cutting board shows a cutting board that has
strength and is unaffected by some food materials. LDPE/rice husk composite is therefore a
suitable material for the production of cutting board for domestic use.
References
Bledzki A. K. and Faruk O. (2004), Wood Fibre Reinforced Polypropylene Composite:
Compression and Injection Moulding Process. Polym. Plast. Technol. Eng. 43(3):871-88.
Bledzki A. K. and Gassan J. (1999), Composites Reinforced with Cellulose Based Fibers.
Progress in Polymer Science. 24, 221-274
Danyadi L., Moczo J. and Pukanszky B. (2009), Effect of various surface modifications of wood
flour on the properties of PP/Wood composites. Composites: Part A, 41: 199-206.
George J., Sreekala M. S. and Thomas S. A. (2001), Review on interface modification and
characterization of natural fiber reinforced plastic composites. Polymer Engineering and
Science. 41:1471-1485.
Ismail H., Mega L. and Abdul-Khalil H. P. S. (2001), Effect of a Silane coupling agent on the
properties of white rice husk ash polypropylene/Natural rubber composite. Polymer
International. 50(5):606-611.
Justin R. B. and Walter F. S. (2005), Polyethylene Reinforced with Keratin Fibres obtained from
chicken feathers. Compos. Sci. and Technol. 65:173-181.
Karnani R., Krishnan M. and Narayan R. (1997), Biofiber reinforced polypropylene composites.
Polymer Engineering and Science. 37:476-483.
Kenry M., Vazquez A. and Dominguez V. A. (2008), Agro-sources wastes used in Polymer
Industries. Journal of Plastic Engineering, vol 1(4):27
Mishra S., Hamzah H., Murshidi J. A. and Deraman M. (2002), Chemical Modification on
Lignocellulosic Polymeric Oil Palm Empty Fruit Bunch for Advance Material. Advances
in Polymer Tech. 20(4):289-295.
Adedayo A. V. 1,2,
1
Department of Metallurgical Engineering, Kwara State Polytechnic, Ilorin, Nigeria
2
Materials Science and Engineering Department, Obafemi Awolowo University, Ile-Ife, Nigeria
Introduction
Corrosion is a natural process, which converts a refined metal to a more chemically-stable
form, such as its oxide, hydroxide, or sulfide. It is the gradual destruction of materials (usually
metals and alloys) by chemical and/or electrochemical reaction with their environment
(Loughrey, 2018).. In the most common use of the word, corrosion means electrochemical
oxidation of metal in reaction with an oxidant such as oxygen or sulfates. Corrosion degrades the
useful properties of materials and structures including strength, appearance and permeability to
liquids and gases. Corrosion is a widespread problem affecting every aspect of human endeavor.
Rusting, the formation of iron oxides is a well-known example of electrochemical corrosion.
This type of damage typically produces oxide(s) or salt(s) of the original metal, and results in a
distinctive orange colouration.. Steels are widely used in many agro-allied and food processing
plant where the steel materials are directly in contact with the food materials being processed. By
being in contact with the processed food materials, it can happen that biologically toxic corrosion
products can get leached (Randall, 2017) into the processed food. Generally, corrosion control
treatment is necessary to prevent deterioration of metallic products and to reduce leaching of
216 Adedayo, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
toxic corroded substances in processing plants particularly in food processing plants, such as
pepper grinding. One way to control corrosion rate is by control of the degree of surface
roughness (Lee et al., 2012; Sasaki and Burstein, 1996; Suter et al., 2005; Sharland, 1987) of the
metallic products used in food processing. In this present study, investigation is made on the
effect of degree of surface roughness on corrosion invasiveness of steel in pepper fluid.
Generally, information on effects of degrees of surface roughness on rate of corrosion spread is
scarce. Therefore, information on the influence of surface roughness on corrosion invasiveness
of steel is of practical importance, and herein the rationale for the study is identified.
Percentage 0.16 0.18 0.06 0.03 0.64 0.10 0.12 0.01 0.001 98.25
The obtained mild steel plates were then prepared to have different degrees of surface roughness
by grinding the surfaces of obtained steel samples with grinders having grit sizes of P36, P50,
P100. The mild steel plates prepared with different surface roughness were then immersed in two
different types of pepper fluids. The pepper fluids used were obtained by squeezing fluids out of
scotch bonnet pepper and long pepper. The prepared steel plates were immersed in the pepper
fluids, and a set of the immersed plates were removed after every 5 days. The corrosion
invasiveness on the plates were evaluated by quantitative microscopy.
Figure 1 : Microstructures of P36 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Long Pepper fluid
Figure 2 : Microstructures of P50 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Long Pepper fluid
Figure 3: Microstructures of P100 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Long Pepper fluid
Figure 4: Microstructures of P36 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Scotch Bonnet Pepper fluid
Figure 5: Microstructures of P50 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Scotch Bonnet Pepper fluid
Figure 6 : Microstructures of P50 Surface Roughness Samples: (a) after 5 days (b) after 10 days
and (c) after 15 days of immersion in Scotch Bonnet Pepper fluid
P36
P50
P100
P36
P50
P100
In Figure 7, the graph showed that corrosion spread on the steel plate with P100 surface
roughness had the highest corrosion spread, while the corrosion spread on the steel plates with
surface roughness of P50 and P36 are much lower. Normally, local concentration of a solution
can be influenced by the geometry of surface‘s peaks and valleys. This in turn, can affect the
diffusion of active ions during corrosion process. Corrosion resistance is closely related to the
distribution of the valleys on the surface. The significant influence of the valleys on corrosion
resistance is related to the depth of the valleys which affects the diffusion of active ions during
corrosion (Lee et al., 2012; Sasaki and Burstein, 1996; Suter et al., 2005; Sharland, 1987 ). Steel
plates with surface roughness P50 and P36 exhibit better resistance due to the depth of the
valleys created by P50 and P36 surface roughness which affect diffusion of active ions.
Figure 8 shows that in scotch bonnet pepper fluid, corrosion was most invasive on the P50
surface roughness steel plate followed by P36 surface roughness steel plate. P100 surface
roughness steel plate had the least corrosion invasiveness. For this situation, both local
concentration of solution and rate of diffusion of active ions interacted synergistically to promote
corrosion in scotch bonnet fluid.
Conclusion
The study has shown that corrosion spread increased with number of days of exposure of the
sample subjected to corrosion in Long pepper and scotch bonnet pepper fluids. Also, the study
has shown that local concentration of solution, ability of active ions to overcome barriers created
by peaks and valleys of the surface roughness and mobility of active ions, all influenced the rate
of corrosion spread.
References
Lee, S. M., Lee, W. G., Kim, Y. H., & Jang, H., (2012), "Surface roughness and the corrosion
resistance of 21Cr ferritic stainless steel," Corrosion Science, 63(0), 404-409.
Loughrey K. (2018) Answer to: What is corrosion on Quora, Retrieved on 29th November, 2018
from: https://www.quora.com/What-is-corrosion
Randall, S. ( 2017) Importance of corrosion control; NSF Municipal Water Matters, June 2017
Issue, pp. 10 -11
Sasaki, K. & Burstein, G.T. (1996), "The generation of surface roughness during slurry erosion-
corrosion and its effect on the pitting potential," Corrosion Science, 38(12), 2111-2120.
Sharland, S. M., (1987), "A review of the theoretical modelling of crevice and pitting
corrosion,"Corrosion Science, 27(3), 289-323.
Suter, T., Müller, Y., Schmutz, P., & von Trzebiatowski, O., (2005), "Microelectrochemical
Studies of Pit Initiation on High Purity and Ultra High Purity Aluminum," Advanced
Engineering Materials, 7(5), 339–348.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Rice husk is one of the major agricultural wastes. It is fibrous material containing cellulose as the
major constituent. Rice husk are the coating seeds of grains of rice. The husk protects the seed
during the growing season, since it is formed from hard material including opaline, silica and
lignin. The husk is mostly indigestible to humans. (Endang, 1995).. Winnowing is used to
separate the rice from husk; this is a process of putting the whole rice into a pan, and throwing it
into the air while the wind blows. The light husks are blown away while the heavy rice fall back
into the pan. Later pestle and simple machine called a rice pounder were developed to remove
husk. Most rice (Oryza Sativa) varieties are composed of roughly 20% rice husk, 11% bran layer
and 20% starchy, also referred to as the total milled rice. The by product in rice milling are rice
223 Olorunfemi and Naallah, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
husk. During the milling process, the hucks are removed from the raw grain to reveal whole
brown rice, which may then sometime be milled further to removed the bran later, resulting in
white rice. The large amount of silica freely obtained from the sources, provides an abundant
and alternative of silica for many user such as for the synthesis of zeolite, to generate heat or
electric power (Kapulatal, 1982). Rice husk contain high amount of silicon dioxide which is an
essential component in concrete.
On the other hand industrial waste have continued to increase due to continued demand of
resources used by human dumping or disposal of refuse causing environmental and health
problems. Therefore recycling of waste material is great potential in concrete industry.
The commitment to crop farming by many Nigeria rural community dwellers have increased
agricultural waste in large quantities, which are generated in various rural communities all over
Nigeria. There is a need to further investigate the suitability of using Nigeria agricultural by -
product as possible fine sand as replacement in concrete. The successful utilization of rice husk
ash (RHA) as pozzolanic materials would add commercial value to waste products encouraging
massive cultivation of the crops for various uses.
Obande (1995) stated that an aggregate is a material in a granular or particle form such as (sand
or gravel) added to class of material known as binder (cement, hydraulic line, bitumen) to
produce a solid mass when added. Aggregate are cheaper than cement and maximum economy is
obtained when aggregate is incorporated in concrete work. According to Reynolds (1972)
aggregate also improve the volume, stability and durability of the resulting concrete.
Aggregates are classified according to the size of the particle in them. These include rounded,
irregular and angular. Fine aggregate are those aggregate that largely pass through 4.75mm sieve
are referred to as sands. The current edition of BS 882 1992, uses the term ―sand‖ in preference
to ―fine‖ which is reserved for material such as silt or clay, fine aggregate used in concrete,
enhance building power by providing gritty surface for contact with cement and brick or blocks.
They are readily available in most location. The standard sources of sand are banks of rivers.
Concrete Mixes
Goel (2007) reported that concrete mixes have been classified into various grades by the Indian
standard institution as given in the Table 2.1. M5 grades of concrete may be used for lean
concrete bases and single foundation of masonry walls and the mixes need not be designed while
grade lower than M15 should not be used in reinforced concrete. Most commonly use concrete
mix for beams, slab, column, frame structure, wall and footing is M15, higher mixes than M15
are used for water tanks, shell folded places grid structure and heavily loaded structure. The
224 Olorunfemi and Naallah, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
mixed proportion should be selected to ensure that the workability of fresh concrete is suitable
for conditions of handling and placing so that after compaction, it surrounds all reinforcement
and completely fill the formworks. When concrete is hardened, it should have the required
strength, durability and surface finishes.
The determination of proportion of cement, aggregate and water to obtain, the desired strength
shall be made as follow:
i. By designing the concrete mix
ii. By adopting the concrete mix
size ranges and to determine quantitatively the mass of particles in each range. These data are
combined to determine the particle size distribution (gradation).
aggregate to be 2.6- 2.7. Impact valve test according to BS812: part 3: 1975 which should not
excess 45% and for concrete wearing surface not to exceed 30% . The result are presented in
Tables 2-5.
Where
Ww = weight of water, Wc = weight of cement, W1 = Weight of sand,
W2 = Weight of Granite, S.Gc = Specific gravity of cement (3.1), S.G1 = Specific gravity of
sand(2.6),S.G2 = Specific gravity of granite(2.65) Density of water = 1000g/m3
……equation (ii)
C=
At 5%
At 15%
At 25%
Fineness modulus =
Fs =5.5
Fineness modulus =
Fs = 2.6
Fine modulus =
Fs = 2.8
The result of The slump test of the wet concrete and compressive strength of harden concrete at
different ages is presented on Table 3.10-3.11, and fig 3.1
70
60
50
40
slump test for 1:2:4
30 slump test for 1:3:6
20
10
0
0% 5% 10% 25% 50%
Figure 1: Variation of slump test result for mix ratio 1:2:4 and 1:3:6
Table 11: Compressive strength of the Concrete cubes at different % replacement of fine
aggregate with rice husk with mix ratio of 1:2:4.
S/N Age Load Density Unit Compressive Average
2 3
0% N/mm kg/m weight strength Compressive
3 2
KN/m (N/mm ) strength
1 293 2542 25 13.0 13.6
2 7 days 323 2563 25 14.3
1 300 2477 24 13.3 13.0
2 14 days 285 2444 23 12.7
1 410 2436 24 18.2 17.8
2 28 days 390 2424 24 17.3
Table 12: Compressive strength of the Concrete cubes at different % replacement of fine
aggregate with rice husk with mix ratio of 1:3:6.
S/N Age Load Density Unit Compressive Average
N/mm2 kg/m3 weight strength Compressive
3 2
KN/m (N/mm ) strength
1 310 2379 23 13.8 13.5
2 7 days 0% 295 2270 22 13.1
1 320 2446 24 12.2 14.0
2 14 days 310 2218 24 13.8
1 400 2169 22 17.8 17.4
2 28 days 380 2059 21 16.9
20
18
Average compressive strength N/mm2
0% 1:2:4
16 5% 1:2:4
14 15% 1:2:4
12 25% 1:2:4
10 50% 1:2:4
8 0% 1:3:6
5% 1:3:6
6
15% 1:3:6
4
25% 1:3:6
2
50% 1:3:6
0
7 days 14 days 28 days
Curing Age
Fig 2: Variation of compressive strength at different percentage replacement of rice hucks with
mix ratio 1:2:4 & 1:3:6
4.1 Discussion of Results
From the laboratory test carried out, it was observed that nearly one hundred percent
(100%) of soil sample passed through 4.75 sieve size for both fine sand and rice husk. The
fineness modulus for fine sand rice husks is 2.8 and 2.6 respectively while the coefficient of the
sample is greater than four (4) hence it conforms to the AASHTO soil classification which says
that ―when D10/D60 is greater than four (4) then the soil is well graded‖. The specific gravity of
has the highest of 5.5. Rice husk has the highest water absorption capacity of 183.3%.
The slump of the normal aggregate concrete was found to be 65mm for mix ratio 1:2:4
and 62mm for mix ratio 1:3:6
It was observed that from the compressive strength test of the cubes, that compressive strength
increases with the curing ages ; 7, 14 and 28 days at all replacement level, 0% 5%, 15%, 25%,
50%, for mix ratio 1:2:4 and 1:3:6. But decreases with the increase in the % replacement with
rice husks.
5.1 Conclusion
From the outcome from the study, the following conclusion was drawn.
i. The value obtained for physical properties of rice husk ash i.e fine modulus for rice husk
ash (RHS) is 2.6 and Fine sand is 2.8, as shown on the table 3 and 4, fall within the range
specified for a light weight fine aggregate. This conforms that rice husk ash can be used as
substitute for fine aggregate in the production of concrete.
ii. Workability of concrete strength increase with curing age and decrease with increase in
the percentage of rice husk (RH)
iii. The densities and average compressive strength of the concrete decrease in the properties
of rice husk as percentage replacement level for the mix ratio 1:2:4 and 1:3:6.
iv. The water requirement increase in percentage of rice husk replacement
v Rice husk (RH) is a pozolanic and is therefore suitable for the production of concrete.
5.0 Recommendation
i. The use of rice husk ash as fine aggregate in the production of light weight concrete
should be adopted by the construction industry so as to reduce the effect of this agricultural
waste acting as an agent of environmental pollution.
ii. Further investigation on potentials of rice husk ash concrete in other environment should
be carried out since it is readily available
iii. Concrete contain rice husk could be used in non loaded bearing panels (partition wall)
where structural strength is not of importance.
REFERENCES
Amick, J.A. (1982); The use of Rice Husk (RH), Rice Husk Ash (RHA), in the production of
zeolites. www.amazon.com
Avallone & Baumsiter (1997); Concrete ant its component. Jugae Cairo, Egypt.
Bouzouba, N., and Founier, B., (2001). ― Concrete incorporation Rice Husk Ash; Compressive
strength and chloride penetrability‖, Materials Technology Laboratory CANMET
Department of Natural Resources Canada PP. 1 – 16.
Columna, V.B. (1974). The Effect of Rice Husk (RH) in cement and concrete mixes, Asian
Institute of Technology
Dao Van Dong, P.D. (2008); Effect of Rice Husk on Properties of High strength Concrete. The
3rd ACF International conference, 422-449
Ezeji S.O. (1986); Building Construction by T.P, Enugu, Nigeria.
Gardi, K.O. (1973); Indigenious Africa Architecture, Van Nostrand Reynol company New York.
HMSO, (1988); Design of normal Concrete Design Mixes, Department of Environmental,
Indonesia.
Kapaul et al (1998); The use of Rice Husk (RH), Rice Husk Ash (RHA), in the Mckay (1970)
Building construction Longman Group Ltd. London.
Nash W.G (1975); Brick work Two 5th Edit by Nash publishers, New York City.
Neville, A.M. (1972); Properties of concrete, john Wiley and Sons Inc. New York.
236 Olorunfemi and Naallah, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Obande M.O. (1989); Block laying and concreting, Longman Group Ltd, London.
Orchard D.F. (1979); Concrete Technology, Wiley and sons Inc., New York.
Ramezanian A.A Pour, M.M (2009); The effect of Rice Husk Ash on mechanical properties and
durability of sustainable concrete, International Journal of Civil Engineering Vol. 7, No
2, 83.91.
Reynolds, D.A. (1972); Building Construction by Gawen. Houston Texas
Warren, J.O. (1996); Curing mass concrete. www.answers.comon.
Seeley, K.O. (1995); Building Technology, Longman, New York.
Syal I.C. & A.K Goel (2007); Reinforced Concrete Design, Ram Naiga, New Delhi.
INTRODUCTION
Lack of adequate water supply has been a persistent problem to the people of Iviukwe
community Agenebode in Etsako East Local Government Area of Edo State. Despite the fact
that Agenebode town is located close to the bank of River Niger, the problem of portable water
supply still persists in all the surrounding communities in Agenebode the head quarter of Etsako
East Local Government Area. Rainwater harvester, streams, and lakes has been the major source
of water supply to this area, due to the high demand of water; the rainwater harvester can only
last for maximum of five to six month depending on the number of people in each household.
And the streams get dried up at the peak of the dry season due to lowering of the water table.
Therefore, the need for adequate and portable water supply to the area prompted for geological,
geophysical, and Hydro-geological investigation of the area, using electrical resistivity method.
To unravel the mystery out of groundwater, a detailed geophysical and hydro-geological
understanding of the aquifer types, its spatial location is paramount in order to characterize the
hydric zones in an area. To avoid drilling wells in unfavourable locations, a reliable method is
required for assessing ground formation before drilling takes place. This may ensure that a
prospective productive well is sited where the aquifer is of adequate thickness and probably good
quality (Zaafran, 1981).
Water occurs naturally as moisture in the upper part of the soil profile (atmosphere) as dew, on
the earth‘s surface as streams, rivers, oceans, lakes, springs etc. and beneath the earth‘s surface
as groundwater. Although it is believed that the greater percentage of the earth‘s surface is
composed of water from either, the seas, oceans, rivers, streams, ponds, springs or otherwise, yet
none of these surface water sources is as much less vulnerable to contamination as groundwater
(MacDonald et al., 2005). The amount of freshwater available for human use is less than 0.08%
of all the water on the planet (BBC Sci./Tech. News, 2000). For this obvious reason,
groundwater is recommended for its natural microbiological quality for most uses. Due to its
scarcity, water related diseases such as cholera, dysentery, and guinea worm infestations are
found in many parts of the world. These infestations are as a result of lack of boreholes which
led people to depend solely on ponds and other existing surface water. Although, groundwater is
less contaminated than surface waters, pollution of this major water supply has become an
increasing concern in industrialized nations (Microsoft® Encarta®, 2009).
The importance of this study are numerous in the sense that it aims at providing a lasting solution
to problem of water scarcity in the study area by finding and providing information about
groundwater potential of the study area, the depth to water table, and also, encouraging the
people of the area to go into drilling of borehole in order to quality water for consumption.
Study Area
Iviukwe is one of the community around Agenebode town the headquarter of Etsako East Local
Government Area which is a water side town located by the banks of the River Niger in Edo
state and the traditional capital of Wappa Wanno Kingdom. It is bounded by longitudes (60
3414011 E to 60 351 451E) and latitudes (70 51 5511 N to 70 612411N). The area (25km East from
Auchi) is accessed through the Auchi -Agenebode Road.
Figure 1: Map of the study area showing access roads and VES point.
Field procedures
The period for the field work was between February and march when the ground was
considerably dry. This ensured good current conduction between the earth and the electrodes.
The electrical resistivity measurements were taken along approximately straight roads and
footpaths but some of VES points fall within bushy area. This was usually done during lopping.
At looping stage, different resistance readings were taken at the same current electrode
separation. The essence of looping is to permit the detection of near surface in-homogeneities.
He also established communication contact between the instrument controller and the two rear
men especially when they are very far from spread centre.
ῥa = πL2 / 2L (∆V⁄1)
Where,
L = AB/2 (m)
I = MN/2 (m)
∆V/I = Resistance (Ω)
πL2 /2L = Geometric factor (K)
AB = Current electrode spacing (m)
MN = Potential electrode spacing (m)
The apparent resistivity values obtained from the formula above were plotted against half current
electrode spacing on a log-log graph sheet to get the sounding curves which were represented as
VES curves. These VES curves were processed using computer simulation programs called
―IP12win‖ The accuracy of the curve and models generated in this work relied mostly on
automated iterative technique.
Figure 2. Typical depth sounding curve showing synthetic curve and pseudo cross-section for
VES 1
Figure 3. Typical depth sounding curve showing synthetic curve and pseudo cross-section for
VES 2
Figure 4. Typical depth sounding curve showing synthetic curve and pseudo cross-section for
VES 3
Interpretations of Results
From the above curves (Fig.2) VES1 can be reduced to a minimum of four layers, and the the
interpretation for the various layer is as follows:
The ascending steeply slope correspond with topsoil at about 1 to 1.5m thick, with high
resistivity which is believed to be material from the Nsukka formation capping the Ajali
formation. The second layer correspond to poorly compacted, weathered and ferrugenisation red
earth material still from the Nuskka formation about 8-10m thick, and the third layer is a
consolidated sandstone about 5m-10m thick from the Ajali sandstone. The forth layer is the
saturated clayey sand located at about 180m and above still within the Ajali sandstone. From the
geology of the area and from literature review Ajali sandstone is the main aquiferous unit for the
area, and the above interpretation of the field curve one above match with the geology of the
area, therefore VES1 can be recommended for drilling for a productive borehole and the depth
should be minimum of 180m and maximum of 250m for a productive borehole.
VES 2 as shown in (Fig. 3) above, has a minimum of four layers as: lateritic topsoil about 1-
2m thick, the second layer with high apparent resistivity correspond to a ferrugenised compacted
lateritic soil from the Nuskka formation, which is about 5m thick. The third layer islikely to be
the Ajali sandstone comprising the unsaturated sandstone of about 20m thick, the partially
saturated sandstone at about 80 to 100m, and the fully saturated sandstone from 180m and above.
From the literature review, it was reviewed that the thickness of the Ajali formation varies with
an average thickness of 300m, and therefore the depth to watertable in the area varies with few
meters in different location. For a productive borehole in this location, the depth should not be
less than 150m.
VES 3 with anscending and a gently descending steeply slope indicating the order of resistivity
as shown in ( Fig. 4) above, shows a minimum of three major layers matched with interpretation
for VES 2 above. The only difference here is that the high resistivity topsoil is underlain by
sandy clay/ shale material likely to be from Imo shale of about 5-7m thick. and unsaturated
sand, and the saturated sandstone (where the aquifer is located), corresponding to a depth of 190-
200m and above.
Conclusion
The aquifer units in Iviukwe in Agenebode of the Anambra basin have been delineated using
the Vertical Electrical Sounding survey technique.
The aquifer units in the study area consists of partially saturated sandstone and saturated
sandstone units corresponding to the third layer in some VES locations, and fourth and fifth in
some geo-electric layers of the VES curves respectively. These layers occur at mean depths of
170meters and above. It is therefore recommended that the minimum depth for successful
borehole yields in the study area should be about 180meters and above
REFERENCE
Alile, M. O, Jegede, S.I. and Ehigiator, O. M., (2008). Underground water exploration using
electrical resistivity method in Edo State, Nigeria. Asian Journal of Earth Sciences.
Vol.1, pp 38-43.
BBC Sci/Tech News (2000). Water arithmetic ―doesn‘t add up‖ – Report of the World
Commission on Water for 21ist Century.
Dobrin, M. B., (1988). Introduction to geophysical prospecting (4th edition). Mc.Graw Hill Inc.
New York, USA p. 629
MacDonald, A., Davies, J., Calow, R., and Chilto, J. (2005). Developing groundwater, A guide
for rural water supply. www.itdgppublishing.org.uk. pp. 1- 358.
MacDonald, A., Davies, J., and Dochartagh, B. E. O. (2002). Simple methods for assessing
groundwater resources in low permeability areas of Africa. British Geological Survey
Commissioned Report, CR/01/168N.
Zaafran, Z. M., (1981). The use of a new resistivity space display technique in groundwater
investigation. Geo-exploration Vol. 18, No. 4. pp. 247 – 258.
Zhody, A. R. (1989). A new method for the automatic interpretation of Schlumberger and
Wenner sounding curves. Geophysics Vol. 54 (2) pp. 245-257.
INTRODUCTION
Education is a process whereby knowledge, skills, attitudes, culture, norms and behaviour are
acquired for the overall development of people. Education is the backbone of the nation
economy and technical development, (Ughamadu, 2008) as cited by Idiaghe and Okoh (2010).
He went further to state that every citizen needs education for his or her survival and for the
development of the nation.
Technology education (TE) is the study of the purposeful application of knowledge, skills and
experiences in using resources to create or add value to products and systems to meet human
needs. TE is clearly seen as a form of education for the development of industry as well as
practical skills (Schultz, 1996). It is an integral part of capacity building in a productive-
economy (Chukwuyekere, 2000). According to International Technology Education Society
(ITEA) (2000), technology education is the study of technology in which students ―learn about
the processes and knowledge related to technology. Technology Education is also defined by
Federal Ministry of Education (2004) as ―that aspect of education which leads to the acquisition
of practical and applied skills as well as basic scientific knowledge‖.
Silvius and Bahn (1976) stated that technology education is defined to bring about industrial
development which in turn is a key player in economic development. This means that the world
of industries is the source of instructional content for technology education programme.
Galbraith (1985) defined technology as systematic application of scientific and other organized
246 Umoru and Adamu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
knowledge to practical tasks. Technology therefore encompasses scientific knowledge that must
be possessed by man. Take for instance, the use of sophisticated gadgetries and computerized
equipment has made life easier and comfortable.
Nigeria is yet to emerge as a leading nation in the global scene of technology education inspite of
all the benefits of technology. A lot is yet to be done individually or collectively to really
encourage Nigerians to technology as part of their culture and not as an alien to it (Usoro and
Edu, 1997).
It is the desire of every nation including Nigeria to develope technologically and to be self
sufficient and reliant. To achieve this, nations must make good use of technology education as a
tool for national development. According to Adebayo (2008), the minimum Gross National
Income (GNI) per capital of the high income economies which Nigeria intends to join is at least
USD 10,680 in the current rating. This established a need for rapid economic development which
technology education can easily address if given a priority.
For developing countries, access to technology can have many benefits – one such improvement
being the boost of nation‘s economy. Other ways that technology is helping economies in
developing countries include growth of new business and advancing communication.
An issue that developing countries must not bypass is prioritizing technology innovation,
not just adapting to technology. Another issue is that the distribution of technology needs must
be equal across a country.
In Nigeria, technology education has been criticized on the ground that it has not been able to
produce practically competent graduates who are equipped with problem solving abilities. The
major reason is poor and inadequate training facilities and equipment in the institution. In this
situation of limited or no-equipment, students are short changed in the acquisition of
technological skills. This ugly situation drew the attention of Federal Republic of Nigeria (2004)
to the implications of poor technology training outfit.
Nigeria is currently faced with some challenging problems such as insufficient energy and power
supply, inadequate security, lack of good transport system, bribery and corruption, kidnapping to
247 Umoru and Adamu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
mention some which technology education can go a long way to address if given adequate and
proper attention by government at all levels.
Research Questions
1. What are the benefits of technology education to Nigeria?
2. What are the factors affecting technology education in Nigeria?
248 Umoru and Adamu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
The instrument used for this research was questionnaire, designed by the researcher. The
instrument was distributed to two professional colleagues for content and items validation.
Observations made were incorporated to provide the final tem item questionnaire.
A reliability co-efficient of 0.63 was obtained, following the test-retest administration of the
instrument. On the basis of these values, it was assumed that the instrument adopted possessed
adequate reliability.
In table 1, notable assessments were made on various items. The entire respondents indicated
that technological education results to self employment of individuals, a great benefit to Nigeria.
For item 2, eighty-four (84%) of the respondents indicated that technology education can make
Nigeria a self-reliant nation, while 16% of the respondents said no to it.
For item 3, 4 and 5 items, 92%, 76% and 62% of respondents indicated that reduction in poverty
level, industrial development and reduction in cost of production respectively are benefits of
technology development to Nigeria, while 8%, 24% and 38% of respondents opposed item 3, 4
and 5 respectively.
For item 6, 7 and 8, 56%, 91% and 53% of the respondents indicated that agricultural innovation,
increasing GDP and high rate of illiteracy through technology education is a benefit to Nigeria
whereas 44%, 09% and 47% of the respondents objected to the items.
For item 9 and 10, 92% and 73% of the respondents respectively indicated that economic growth
and development and capacity building through technology education are benefit to Nigeria,
while 8% and 27% of respondents said no to the items.
Table 2: Responses of Staff and Students on factors affecting technology education in Nigeria
S/N Items Suitable Yes (%) No (%)
1 Resistance to Change 58 (58) 42 (42)
2 Inadequate Training Facilities 100 (100) -
3 Lack of Professional Development 86 (86) 14 (14)
4 Inadequate Funding 96 (96) 96 (96)
5 Poor Policy Implementation 63 (63) 37 (37)
6 Societal Misconception 59 (59) 41 (41)
7 Failures of Personalized Learning 36 (36) 64 (64)
8 Kids will know more than my attitude 83 (83) 17 (17)
9 Inadequate Security 78 (78) 22 (22)
10 Lack of Hardware and Guidance of use them 33 (33) 67 (67)
In table 2, majority of respondents indicated the factors that hinder technology education in
Nigeria. The responses as indicated is for either ―Yes‖ or ―No‖ as the case might be. Such factors
include resistance to change, inadequate training facilities, professional development, inadequate
funding, poor policy implementation, societal misconception and kids will know more than me
attitude and inadequate security.
250 Umoru and Adamu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Conclusion
It has been discussed in this paper that technology education is a tool for national development.
It was found that self employment, self reliance, reduction in poverty level, industrial
development, reduction in cost of production, agricultural innovation, increase in GNP, high rate
of literacy, economic growth and development and capacity building are benefits of technology
education to Nigeria.
It was also found that the hindrances to or factors affecting technology education in Nigeria
include resistance to change, inadequate training facilities, lack of professional development,
inadequate funding, poor policy implementation, societal misconception and kids will know
more than me attitude.
References
Adebayo, J. (2008). Problem of Technological Development. Punch Newspaper, May 25, 20
(1993), 13.
Aina, O. and Beecroft, G. A. (1992). Towards Adequate Supply of Quality Technical
Manpowers. Education and Development, 1(12), 18-23.
Federal Republic of Nigeria (2004). National Policy of Education, 4th Edition, Lagos.
Government Press.
Galbraith, J. R. (1985). The New Industrial Stale. Boston: Houghton Mittlin Company.
Idiagbe, J. E. & Ekoh, E. (2010). Analysis of Female Attitude towards Information Technology
(ICT) Education Nigerian Universities for Sustainable Development. Benin Journal of
General Studies, 2(2).
International Technology Education Association (ITEA) (2000). Standards for Technological
Literacy; Content for the Study of Technology. Executive Summary. Boston: Va, P242.
Kalat, I. K. (2009). Technical and Vocational Education Facilities. A Care of Concern in the
Education Reform Agenda. A Paper Presented at the 20th National Conference of
National Association of Teachers of Technology (NATT), Kaduna.
Schultz, D. P. (1996). Psychology and Industry Today. New York: The Macmillan Company.
Usoro, H. S. and Edu, D. O. (1997). The Illusion of Transfer of Technology. Journal of Research
on General Studies, 3(1), 17-223.
1.0 Introduction
Intelligent buildings have been noted to reduce building construction costs, reduce labour costs
and life cycle costs as well as improved property values. Intelligent buildings strongly resemble
machines, because of their mechanical, electrical and computing components. A building cannot
adjust to the environment without some measure of intelligence. A building cannot be intelligent
by itself but needs some human help to give it some artificial intelligence (Iwuagwu & Iwuagwu,
2014).
An intelligent building is in essence one that integrates disparate building systems such as
lighting, HVAC, safety, security, power management, shared network, voice and data
communication, etc. to effectively manage resources in a coordinated mode and provide
significant high performance benefits. An ideal intelligent building should provide a dynamic
and responsive infrastructure using technology so as to optimize processes, comfort, flexibility,
effectiveness, energy efficiency, costs and environmental benefits (Gadakari, Mushatat, &
Newman, 2014). The Intelligent Building Institute (IBI) has proposed that ―an intelligent
building is one that provides a productive and cost-effective environment through optimization
of its four basic elements; structure, systems, services and management, and the inter-
relationship between them‖. Intelligent buildings are diverse in nature and employ many
different techniques to enhance productivity and drive down cost. Most of them share a set of
characteristics that set them apart from other buildings (Albert & Wia, 1990).
(Atkin, 1988) comprehensively highlighted the attributes that an intelligent building should
possess as follows;
―Buildings should ‗know‘ what is happening inside and immediately outside.
Buildings should ‗decide‘ the most efficient way of providing a convenient, comfortable and
productive environment for the occupants.
Buildings should ‗respond quickly to occupants‘ requests‖.
The business value of intelligent buildings could be assessed from three aspects. The first aspect
is the purpose of the intelligent building development, which is to create value, which manifests
in increased productivity, optimized assets utilization, incremental and new revenues, enabling
business models etc. the second aspect is the building‘s performance. Intelligent buildings
produce high quality performance, reduced operating costs, centralized operations and
maintenance, energy use efficiency etc. while the third aspect is the experience of owners,
operators and occupiers/ tenants of such buildings. Intelligent building create identity, attract
retain tenants, quests and workforce. It also significantly increases real estate values such as
rental values and capital values. There have been few studies attempted to measure the price
effects of intelligent buildings. Studies that have identified higher rents and improved returns
based on the views and experiences of expert profession still require empirical verification
(Fuerst & Mcallister, 2009). While recognizing the centrality of pricing to adoption, recent
reviews of the literatures have found little convincing research that identified a certification
premium (Berry, 2007). Nelson (2007) examined the performance differences between
intelligent buildings and conventional buildings using a number of criteria. Drawing upon a
CoStar data base, the study compared intelligent buildings with a vastly larger sample of
conventional buildings in the CoStar database. While acknowledging the significant differences
between the sample and the wider population, it found that intelligent buildings tended to be
newer, owner occupied or single tenanted, concentrated geographically and more in the office
sector. Recognizing that it did not control for these differences, the study identified lower
vacancy rates and higher rents in intelligent buildings.
Intelligent building features cover a wide range of services and facilities namely security
systems, heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), voice and data communication,
253 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
elevator systems, life safety/ fire systems, lighting, internet protocol video surveillance/CCTV
and energy management. When intelligent building facilities is adequately provided and
efficiently managed, productive and profitable land uses are usually attracted towards such area.
These land uses compete with less productive uses through better rent offers. The competition
for location and accommodation with good intelligent building facility usually result in increased
land and housing values, either sales or rental values (Hervey, 1994).
It is evident that a myriad of factors such as prevailing economic condition, government
legislation and policies, availability and the state of intelligent building facilities come into play
to influence property values. In carrying out this study, all other factors were assumed constant
while intelligent building facilities was isolated and examined in relation to property values.
This study therefore highlights and evaluates the state of intelligent building facilities in Benin
and its effects on property values. To achieve this, the following steps shall be taken.
Identify the types and state of intelligent building facility available in the study area.
Examine the problems associated with the provision and maintenance of intelligent building
facilities in the study area.
Examine the effects of intelligent buildings facilities on property values
It is hoped that this study will assist the planning authorities, cooperate bodies, government at
different levels and individuals in mapping out master plan/ proposals for intelligent building
development. In addition, the study will render meaningful assistance in the development of
strategies for estate layout that will promote urban environmental quality thereby enhancing
property values in the area of study.
Biometric sensors: These sensors use biological identification means, to allow users access a
building. The biological information, e.g. fingerprints, retina scan, full-body scan, etc. of the
users allowed are stored in a database. When a request for access is made, the database is
queried and allows access into the building if there is a match (Samuel, 2013).
Intrusion alarms: These are devices invented to detect burgling in buildings. When any
unauthorized entry of opening of doors or windows occurs, the device notifies the central
control unit, which then triggers the alarms (Olarinoye, 2004). Passive infrared sensors or
ultrasonic systems used as occupancy sensors can also be used as intrusion alarms (Energy
Design Resource, 2007).
2.3 Lighting
Control of lighting can be done in various ways, the most common method being the use of the
on/off switch in most buildings. This method lighting control is manual and therefore wastes
energy as the lights are left on even when they are not needed. Intelligent buildings however,
employ the use of automatic lighting control systems. Automatic lighting control might be in
form of simply turning the lights on or off (automatically) according to presence or absence of
occupants, or by other processes that don‘t involve switching the lights off. For example, lights
could be dimmed when a room is not occupied, or alternate light points could be switched off to
reduce total consumption (Ahmed, 2009). The following are methods employed in achieving
automatic light control;
i. Occupancy recognition: This method is used in intermittently occupied spaces. If functions
by automatically switching on the light when occupants are present, and turning off when
the occupants vacate the room. Recognition devices use two principal technologies to
operate:
256 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Ultrasonic systems: they transmit inaudible audio to a receiver. Any movement alters the
transmitted sound waves and is recognized by the receiver causing it to initiate a control
action.
Passive infrared sensors: these use pyro electric detectors to sense radiation emitted by
people, which is transmitted to the detector, which then triggers a control event (Energy
Design Resources, 2010).
ii. Scheduling: in this method, a schedule of lighting is prepared and fed to the BAS. The
illumination in given areas are activated, deactivated or adjusted according to the
predetermined schedule.
iii. Daylight harvesting: this is a means whereby daylight entering the building is harnessed
for usage. Sensors are strategically positioned to determine ambient lighting levels. The
information is relayed to the central controlling unit, which then triggers the activating and
deactivating, dimming or adjusting (Energy Design Resources, 2010).
telephones, voice-mail and intercoms, building systems, e.g. paging, elevator music and kiosks;
video and audio conferencing, local and wide area networks, e-mail, internet access data base
access, ability to access building services remotely, e.g, when working from home; and
television systems.
Voice and communication provides business operations with a more reliable faster network,
reduce downtime and increase productivity and generate improved profitability through
increased productivity.
v. Intelligent City
The idea of shaping Nigerian cities with intelligent buildings is linked to broader dream of
intelligent cities. When every building in a city is intelligent, then the city is intelligent. An
intelligent city is where the city infrastructure is managed more intelligently through an effective
and appropriate technology. In this regards, intelligent buildings are not just stand alone entities,
but interconnected hubs within the city wide infrastructure. The natural consequence of this is
the development of cities within cities with smaller ecosystems comprising a tightly integrated
network of buildings that better enable the management and optimization of systems and
resources.
This will give rise to an entirely different set of drivers that make intelligent buildings an
economic and business necessity. Perhaps the most important business driver is the ability to
reduce cost, optimize manpower utilization and improve service level through aggregation,
service integration and process automation.
Intelligent building technologies will allow problems to be solved well in advance of today‘s
capacity. The world is growing predominantly urban with over half of the world population
living in cities. The application of intelligent building will help to improve the quality of life and
productivity of the country.
3.0 Methodology
The location selected for this study is the central business district of Benin City where there is
high concentration of buildings with intelligent building features/facilities. The building selected
were commercial and administrative buildings with a minimum of four floors, hotels and
departmental stores. However, there was a limitation in collection of data from intelligent
buildings. This was as a result of the scarcity of intelligent buildings and the noncooperation of
some of the operators of the existing ones. Data analysis was based on the 21 questionnaire
returned out of 25 administered randomly to respondents in Benin. The study employed primary
sources of data collection. The primary source of data collection include face to face interview
using and administering questionnaires, using the simple random sampling technique in order to
259 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
have a representative sampling of respondents. The statistical analytical tool used include simple
frequency distribution, percentages and weighted mean scores. The weighted mean score be
determining using
WMS= 5n5 +4n4+3n3=2n2=1n1
N
N5= strongly agreed, N4= Agreed, N3=Undecided, N2=Disagreed, N1=strongly disagreed
From table 1 above, one major facility that stand out, as being efficiently managed is voice and
data communication, voted very good by52.38% of the total respondents the result can be
ascribed to the improvement of telecommunication operators in Nigeria. Other facilities assessed
as being very good are heat, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) and video surveillance
camera. The reason for this may not be unconnected with provision and management of the
facilities by the owners. The table shows that elevator systems and fire systems are performing
poorly or not even in existence at all in some areas within the study areas.
Table 2 depicts that 47.62% or (10 out of 21) of the respondents says the maintenance of
intelligent building facilities was adequate, 33.33% or (7 out of 21) voted for excellent
maintenance of facilities while 9.52% or (2 out of 21) of the respondents voted for poor
maintenance. No respondent voted for no maintenance. It can then be reasonably concluded that
majority of the respondents are convinced that there is adequate maintenance for intelligent
building facilities.
Table 3: Rankings showing the problems associated with intelligent building facilities in Benin
City.
S/N Problems SA A U D SD Weighted Ranking
Mean score
1 High cost of acquiring facilities 11 05 04 1 00 4.23 1st
2 High cost of providing security for 08 03 03 04 03 3.42 3rd
facilities
3 High cost of maintenance 10 04 06 01 00 4.09 2nd
4 Inadequate technical personnel to 06 03 04 05 03 3.19 4th
carry out repairs/maintenance
5 Cost of providing electricity to 09 03 04 03 02 3.67 5th
power facilities
6 Unavailability of broken parts of 05 04 04 03 05 3.05 6th
facilities
7 Cost of installation of facilities 03 03 04 10 01 2.86 7th
Source: field survey, 2020.
From table 3 above, presentation shows that cost of acquiring facilities was ranked the highest
with 4.23 weighted mean score followed by cost of maintenance, cost of providing electricity,
cost of securing facilities with 4.09, and 3.42 respectively. The least ranked were cost of
261 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
installation, unavailability of broken parts and inadequate technical personnel to carry out
repairs. It can reasonably be concluded that despite the myriad of problems associated with
intelligent building facilities, cost of acquisition and maintenance including cost of providing
electricity are notable.
From table 4 above, most of the respondents with 62% or (13 out of 21) confirm the assertion
that the effect of intelligent buildings on property values is very high while disagreed.it can then
be reasonably concluded that both rental and capital values are enhanced with the presence of
intelligent building facilities installed in buildings.
Conclusion
The main focus of this study was to ascertain the state of intelligent building facilities and its
effect on property values. The result from the findings shows that intelligent building facilities
were in a very good condition due to better management and maintenance by owners of facilities.
Also, all intelligent building facilities result in increased property values. Despite the problems
associated with the provision and maintenance of intelligent building facilities, It is generally
accepted that there are benefits associated with intelligent buildings. For occupiers, there will
often be reductions in operational cost associated with occupying the buildings, improvement in
262 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
productivity of the occupiers business and image benefits of the occupier. For investors, there
may be higher net operating incomes.
References
Adejimi, A. (2005). Intelligent buildings and relevance of design professionals in the global age.
Globalization, Culture and the Nigerian Built Environment, 142-146.
Ahmed, M. G. (2009). Intelligent buildings: Challenges and benefits of implementation in
Nigeria. Unpublished terminal essay (Bsc), Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria
Albert, T., & Wia, L. C. (1990). Intelligent building systems. New York: Kluwer Academic
Publishers.
Atkin, B. (1988). Intelligent buildings: Applications of IT and building automation to high
technology construction projects. In B. Atkin, Progress toward Intelligent Building.
London: Unicom Seminars Limited.
Berry, T. (2007). Towards a green building and infrastructure investment fund: A review of
challenges and opportunity. Compass resources management.
CABA, (2002). Technology road map for intelligent Buildings. Continental automated buildings
society, 1-66.
Continental Automated Building Association. (2008). Journal on a meeting held.
Energy Design Resource. (2007). Design brief: Smart buildings. Retrieved 10th June, 2015, from
http://www.edn.com.
Energy Design Resources. (2010). Design brief: Energy management systems. Retrieved 25th
June, 2015, from http://www.edn.com.
Faluerst, F., & McAllister, P. (2009). New evidence on green building rent and price premium.
Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Real estate society, CA April 3,
2009. 1-30.
Gadakari, T., Mushatat, S., & Newman, R. (2014). Intelligent buildings: Key to achieving total
sustainability in the built environment. Journal of Engineering, Project and Production
Management, 2-16.
Iwuagwu, U. B., & Iwuagwu, M. C. (2014). Adopting intelligent buildings in Nigeria: The hopes
and fears. 2nd International Conference on Emerging Trends in Engineering and
Technology, 160-163.
Nelson, A. (2007). The greening of US. Investment real estate market fundamentals, prospect
and opportunities. RREEF Research report No. 57
263 Dedegu, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
ABSTRACT
The tendency of building materials in concrete to be exposed to fire hazard during their service
life in structures has prompted researchers to check the effects of using Expanded Polystyrene
(EPS) waste as alternative building materials in concretes at elevated temperatures. The study is
to investigates the effects on the Compressive strength of concrete containing Expanded
Polystyrene (EPS) waste as partial replacement for coarse aggregates at 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, and 50% exposed to temperatures of 28, 200, 400, 600, and 800℃ respectively for a
duration of 2 hours each. After 28 days curing period, the compressive strength at room
temperature (28℃) decreases as EPS content increases; at 200℃ and 400℃, the compressive
strength was observed to have increased at 5, 10 and 15% EPS content, while at 600℃ and
800℃, the compressive strength decreases as compared to the one without EPS at each stipulated
temperature. This shows that the amount of EPS influences the Compressive Strength properties
of hardened concrete at various temperatures.
Key Words: Compressive strength; Elevated temperatures; Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) waste.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The high demands for concrete in construction industries has led to the increased in demand for
construction materials most especially aggregates, thereby making these construction materials
to become scarce day by day. To keep developmental activities moving and also to curtail the
issue of cost, researchers and engineers have started looking towards the use of alternative
building materials in construction (Thomas, et al., 2014).
For sustainability and re-usability, so many agricultural wastes product has been used to replace
aggregates of concrete. With greater knowledge and insulation concerns, more material have also
been used including expanded clay, expanded glass, Aluminium, Polypropylene and expanded
polystyrene (EPS) (Kuhail and Shihada, 2003).
Since it is well established that the mechanical properties of concrete in general are adversely
affected by thermal exposure (Phan, 1996) and human safety in case of fire is one major
consideration in the design of buildings, it is extremely necessary to have a complete knowledge
about the behaviour of all construction materials before using them in structural elements
(Morsy, et al. 2010).
The research intends to investigate the possibility of utilizing Expanded Polystyrene (EPS), a
waste material from packaging industries which creates a disposal problem due to its non-
biodegradable nature as a partial replacement of coarse aggregate in concrete under high thermal
exposure.
The result of Kaya and Kar, (2014) who investigated on thermal and mechanical properties of
concrete with EPS waste by using hot wire method having magnitude and sensitivity of 0.02 –
10Wm-1K-1 and ±5% on its scale respectively for measuring the thermal conductivity of the
sample shows that as EPS increases, the thermal conductivity, water absorption, density of the
samples and tensile strength values decreases.
2.1 Materials
The ingredients of concrete were River sand as fine aggregate which had a specific gravity of
2.52, crushed granite stones as coarse aggregate with maximum size of 19mm, Dangote ordinary
Portland cement, water and Expanded Polystyrene, which was obtained from the landfill within
the samaru campus A.B.U Zaria, was shredded to smaller sizes (5-6) mm. Plate I and Plate II,
shows the EPS as a waste in landfill and its shredded sizes respectively.
266 Yusuf et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
The Compressive strength results of the various tests conducted on both control and EPS
concrete mixes in hardened states are discussed and evaluated.
3.1 Compressive Strength Tests
Compression testing of the cube specimens was carried out in a Universal Testing
Machine. The Ultimate load at which specimen failed was noted down for each
specimen. The results of compression test are shown in Fig. 1.
It was observed that at 00C (room temperature), the compressive strength of the cubes
decreases as the EPS percentage increases, while at 200℃ and 400℃, increment of
(25.75, 25.19, 24.59) N/mm2 and (25.41, 25.01, 21.45) N/mm2 was observed for (5, 10,
15)% EPS content respectively as compared to 0% EPS content, which was 24.00N/mm2
and 20.00N/mm2 respectively. Further addition of EPS above 15% caused decreased in
the strength. At 6000C and 8000C, a drastic decreased in strength was observed as the
EPS content increases. It can be observed that the designed target strength of 25N/mm2
was still achievable at 4000C temperature and at 10% EPS content.
30
Temp. ℃
4.0 CONCLUSIONS
The following conclusions were drawn from the study.
1. An increase in the EPS content in concrete mixes reduces the compressive strength
at room temperature.
2. At 4000C, EPS content not exceeding 30% can still produce a concrete strength for
structural application, which must not be less than 17MPa as specified by American
Concrete Institute (ACI, 2003), while above this values, it can be used as non-
structural application like partition walls , wall panels etc.
3. The presence of EPS in concrete up to 4000C helps to absorb heat in it closed cells
thereby reducing the rate of dehydration in concrete.
4. The presence of EPS has no effect in concrete when exposed to temperatures from
above 4000C.
REFERENCES
ACI Committee 213R (2003), Guide for structural lightweight aggregate concrete, American
Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills.
ASTM E119-16, (2000), ―Standard test methods for fire Tests of building construction and
materials‖. ASTM International, WestConshohocken, Pa, USA.
BS 1881-116:1983, ―Methods of testing compressive strength of concrete‖, British Standards
Institution, London.
BS 1881-118:1983, ―Methods of testing flexural strength of concrete‖, British Standards
Institution, London.
Kaya, B.A., and Kar, F., (2014), ―Thermal and Mechanical Properties of Concretes with
Styropor‖. Journal of Applied Mathematics and Physics, Vol.2, pp.310-.315.
Kuhail Z., and Shihada S. (2003), ―Mechanical Properties of Polystyrene-Lightweight Concrete‖,
Journal of the Islamic University of Gaza, Vol 11, No.2, Pp. 93-114.
Morsy M. S., Alsayed S. H. and Aqel M., (2010), ―effect of elevated temperature on mechanical
properties and microstructure of silica flour concrete‖ International Journal of Civil &
Environmental Engineering IJCEE-IJENS Vol.10 No:01
Neville, A.M., (2003). ―Properties of Concrete,‖ John Wiley & Son, London pp 1803-1807
Phan L.T (1996). ―Fire Performance of High-Strength Concrete: A Repair of the State-of-the-
Art‖, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, Maryland.
Thomas .T., Rajendra .P., Katta .V. and Subhash .C.Y. (2014), ―Partial replacement of coarse
aggregates by Expanded Polystyrene beads in Concrete,‖ International Journal of
Research in Engineering and Technology. Vol.03, No.1, pp 238-241.
ABSTRACT
Recycling is a key component of modern waste reduction and is the third component of the
"Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle" waste hierarchy. Thus, recycling aims at environmental
sustainability by substituting raw material inputs into and redirecting waste outputs out of the
economic system. Recyclable materials include many kinds of glass, paper, and cardboard,
metal, plastic, tires, textiles, and electronics. The composting or other reuse of biodegradable
waste such as food or garden waste is also considered recycling. Materials to be recycled are
either brought to a collection center or picked up from the curbside, then sorted, cleaned, and
reprocessed into new materials destined for manufacturing. These are based on adopting new
technology in plastic industry, traditional performance index of plastic industry, plastic debris
and steps to support and to enable policy makers to develop plastic industry. In this study,
composite floor tile was produced from through the melting of water sachets, bottles and saw
dusts or sand. Other materials include charcoal and lubricating oil. The materials required for
this research work were sourced locally.
1 INTRODUCTION
Nigeria has been facing environmental waste problems, especially solid waste. For more than
two decades, the amount of plastic waste littering the streets of Nigeria has been a crucial
environmental problem. There is no a proper way of collecting plastic waste and the people are
not educated as to the problems generated by plastic wastes in the environment. The plastic
waste generated throughout Nigeria brings to the table how to effectively manage these plastic
wastes to save the environment from its already existing problems. The problem of organic solid
wastes management is not big issue as compared to plastic wastes since organic solid waste is
biodegradable. However, the non-biodegradable nature of plastic waste poses a big problem
since the plastic waste can stay in the environment for a quiet long period of time causing all
sorts of problems (Abota, 2012). Most of the studies have focused on some aspects of plastic
industry like Environmental impact of plastic shopping bags, risk faced by plastic industry,
271 Ajani et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
The major divisions of plastics are thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers. Thermoplastics
are the form of plastics that do not undergo chemical changes in their composition when
subjected to heat and can be remoulded into another shape even after solidification.
Thermosetting on the other hand are non-recycled polymers which undergo an irreversible
chemical changes when subjected to heat, they melt and take a shape once after which they
cannot be moulded into another shape. The role of plastics in human lives cannot be over
emphasized ranging from use as household appliances, packaging materials, potable water and
beverage containers, kitchen utensils, furniture, toys, automobile parts, polythene bags etc. Great
attention is given to the use of plastics due to their generally being light, cheap and durability in
nature and this account for their preference over other materials (Temitope, et. el, 2015).
History of Plastics
The development of plastics is regarded as one of the major technical achievement of the
twentieth century by mankind. Since, the development of the plastic, it has been considered as
the cheapest materials used in place of other materials such as metal, wood and glass. The quest
for plastic products in our everyday life necessitated for new development to improve the quality
and the strength of plastic. As the plastic material have some unique properties comparable to
other materials in regards to ability of forming into any desirable shapes, resistance to moisture,
resistance to tensile stress etc. The discovery of plastic started long ago. It was in the late 1850s
when the first synthetic plastic was made by an English inventor called Alexander Parkesine.
This achievement was showcased in 1862 at Great International Exhibition in London. It was
named after Parkesine and this organic material was obtained from cellulose. Alexander
Parkesine observed that when the material was heated and cooled down it retained its shape.
Between1930-1934, witness the massive development of the most common thermoplastics used
today by manufacturing industries. These common thermoplastics for example are polystyrene,
polyvinyl chloride, polyolefins and polymethyl methacrylate. The development of plastics did
not ceased at that time rather lead to continuous research into plastics till date (Abota, 2012).
Plastic is a type of synthetic or non-synthetic polymer, similar in many ways to natural resins
found in trees and other plants. Polymers can be defined as any of various complex organic
compounds produced by polymerization, capable of being molded, extruded, cast into various
272 Ajani et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
shapes and films or drawn into filaments and can then be used for manufacturing textile fibers.
There are two ways that plastics can be grouped depending on their chemical and physical
properties. Plastic can be either thermosets or thermoplastics. With the thermosets, they are
plastic that are harden by chemical cross-linking reaction involving polymer molecules. The
chemical properties of thermosets breaks down upon heating and thus weaken the bonds between
the polymers molecules. This weaken of the bonds is irreversible. On the part of thermoplastics,
they are softening by heating and harden upon cooling. There is no chemical bonding between
the polymer molecules as in the case of thermosets. Thermoplastics take their shape back when
heated and allow cooling. Thus the process is reversible (Abota, 2012).
Polyethylene
Low density polyethylene (LDPE), Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) and High
density Polyethylene (HDPE) are the three types of Polyethylene plastic. Polyethylene has a
density range of 918-965kg/m3 depending on the type. It is a soft, tough and flexible and
transparent material. LDPE is used in the application of making bottles, bowls, buckets, film
plastic bags, tubing or pipes, electric or telephone insulators etc. on the part of HDPE, it is
slightly tougher and stiffer than LDPE. It is used in manufacturing of dustbins, bottles crates,
pipes and fluid containers.
Polystyrene
Polystyrene (PS) is a thermoplastic material that is obtained by polymerization of monomer
styrene extracted as liquid from petroleum. It is a brittle, transparent material and it is solid at
room temperature and soften to liquid at temperature above 100oc. Polystyrene is produced in
the form of either as solid or foamed plastic and use in the application such as electrical thermal
insulation, window panels, food cutlery, battery case, food box etc. It is resistant to heat, oil,
acids, alcohols etc (Abota, 2012).
Polypropylene
Polypropylene (PP) is a thermoplastic material made from monomer propylene and properties
such as rigidity, chemical resistance, stiffness and excellent fatigue. In terms of its applications,
it is used to make pipes, crates, chairs, tool handles, TV cabinets, machine parts, carpets, bottles
etc.(Abota, 2012).
Polyvinyl Chloride
One of the most used plastic materials is polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The plasticized and
unplasticized are the forms of polyvinylchloride. Polyvinyl chloride has flexibility rigidity,
resistance to weathering, hardness, toughness and electrical insulation as its properties depending
on the form of polyvinylchloride concern. Polyvinylchloride is used in applications such as floor
tiles, raincoats, water pipes, window frames, water hose, gloves, toy balls etc.
Commercial Wastes
Commercial wastes are waste generated by the shops, supermarkets, hotels, restaurants,
institutions during their operations. These wastes include some amount of plastic wastes which
end up into our environment. There is no well-organized way of disposing solid wastes. People
dispose the wastes in their own ways, wherever they find it necessary to dispose them. In some
cases, people gather the plastics waste and set fire on the waste to burn the plastic waste which
they pollute the air.
Industrial Wastes
These are wastes generated by the manufacturing, packaging, and construction and assembling
companies. For instance, the scraps from plastics companies, plastics used as packaging or
wrapping of parts in automobile and construction industries. All these plastic wastes from
institutions contribute to waste problem in Nigeria (Temitope, et al, 2015).
Plastic recycling is the process of recovering scrap or waste plastics and refining the material
into useful products, sometimes completely different in form from their original state. In years
past, various works have been done on recycling of plastic wastes by many researchers.
According to Kalilu; large quantities of horticultural, domestic and industrial wastes are
generated and deposited in landfills. The horticultural wastes are biodegradable while a good
number of the industrial wastes are not and as thus, will pose threat to health, drainage and urban
planning. Owing to the rapid upsurge in the price of building materials, a young man from
Kodungallur, in Thrissur district in India devised a way of making floor tiles from plastic waste.
First, the plastic waste is being powdered in a machine after which it is mixed with liquid asphalt
and chipped metal before being heated. This type of tiles is seen to have numerous advantages
over conventional cement tiles. Some of the advantages are that the plastic tiles are relatively
cheap, requires less time for production and relatively lighter when compared to the cement tiles
(Abota, 2012).
Mechanical Recycling Techniques: This comprises of some processes, which are shredding,
melting and pelletizing of waste plastics. Plastics must be sorted prior to mechanical recycling
techniques. Mostly, sorting is done manually. Advancements have been made in sorting plastics.
The technology introduced in sorting plastics automatically includes using X-ray fluorescence,
infrared and near infrared spectroscopy, electrostatics and flotation. These sorting techniques are
used in large scale recycling. Owing to the expensive nature of this sorting technology, sorting
will be done manually. After the sorting exercise, the plastics are shredded into smaller sizes
(between 5 mm2- 10 mm2). The shredded plastics are melted and moulded directly into a new
product or melted and formed into pellets or granule, Flow chart 1.
Chemical Or Feedstock Recycling Techniques: Here, the plastic waste materials are broken
down into smaller chemical form by chemical process and reuse to produce raw material for
manufacturing plastic products or different kinds of products. The feedstock recycling is done by
decomposition of the plastic waste materials aided by the presence of heat, chemical agents and
other catalysts in order to turn the plastic waste materials as source of hydrocarbon chemicals or
fuels. In feedstock feeding, only specific plastic waste materials are used in this process such as
PET, nylon etc. It has limitation of not recycling mixed plastic waste material but only separate
plastic waste. There are several separation methods that need be carried out in order to
completely recycle the plastic waste materials by feedstock recycling. The separation methods
must be followed systemically and these are gasification, thermal treatment, hydrogenation,
catalytic cracking and chemical depolymerization as in the Flow chart 2.
Washing: Detergent and water were used to wash the already sorted plastic materials and
thereafter leave to dry. The reason for washing process is to remove label attached to
bottles and to get rid of contaminants such as adhesives and dirt. However, the shredding
process in a small scale recycling process employs the rapid granular method in
shredding the dried sorted plastic materials. It is however, worthy of note that the
shredding process was carried out with the aid of scissors.
Collection of sun-dried sawdust and sieving operation: The waste products from saw
dusts were collected during wood milling operations of oganho, gmelina, mahogany and
iroko tree. After the various types of sawdust were collected, they were placed separately,
directly under the sun. This was to dehydrate the sawdust for just one day, being in
powdery form, the drying was quite fast. The sun-dried saw dust was sieved to different
degrees of fineness. The fine particles were used to provide the fine surface finishing
while the larger particles were used to give a rough/coarse surface finish.
Collection of sand: The coarse grain sand was collected from the school premises
Melting of the shredded plastics and curing process: An aluminum pot is placed on a
heat source (charcoal) for close to 3 minutes and the shredded water sachet and other
plastic waste component inclusive. The shredded material is then allowed to melt
completely inside the heated aluminum pan. A finely defined sun-dried saw dust or sand
is then added to the mixture. The mixture is stirred to allow for uniformity of the blended
mixture. The mould is lubricated before pouring the mixture so as prevent the mixture
from sticking into the mould and to allow easy removal of the tiles after solidification.
This is then poured into a pre-designed metal mould that is placed on a wooden plank.
The edge of the mould were gently banged on the ground continuously to allow for even
spreading of the molten material which aids the escape of bubbles that can cause a crack
in the composite. The curing process involves the cooling of the composite material to
277 Ajani et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Water absorption (Cold and hot testing): In cold absorption testing, the weight of the
composite and conventional tile before immersion into the cold water was determined using a
scale of capacity of 20 kg. After 24 hours of immersion, the weight of both the pilot produced
composite and conventional tiles was taken again. However the hot absorption test involves
weighing the composite and conventional sample using the weighing scale and thereafter dipping
into boiling water for 30 minutes. A stone was then placed on the composite and conventional
material to prevent it from floating. After 30 minutes the composite was reweighed and the
quantity of water absorbed was obtained. From the above test resulted, the composite tiles
produced from the recycled plastic has a zero absorbing capacity when immersed in cold water.
278 Ajani et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
This is comparable to the conventional ceramic tiles sold in the market, which also had a water
resistant. The composite tiles produced from the recycled plastic bottles and water sachet can act
as an alternative in place of the ceramic tiles. For the hot water test, it was discovered that: There
was no water absorption by the composite after 30 minutes of immersion in boiling water. Also
there was no crack on the composite sample tested, this show the ability of the tiles to resist heat
from the boiling water.
With the above observation, it is pertinent to note that, the composite produced from a recycled
water sachet /plastic bottles possess the ability to resist heat from the boiling water. Hence the
composite tiles produced can be used as floor and wall tiles for both bathroom and kitchen
Crushing test: The Universal Testing Machine (UTM) was used to carry out this test. This was
placed in the machine and loading was applied until there is a noticeable fracture in the
composite and conventional material. The failure load was thereby obtained. For a material to be
used as floor tile it must have high load carrying capacity as people and items of various weight
will be stationary or moving on the tile. It was noticed that the composite did not shatter under
sudden loading. Hence, it has high ductility. This is one major setback for the conventional tiles
which will readily shatter into new smaller sharp pieces under sudden loading or when released
from a height and these can cause serious injuries to human beings.
Frictional coefficient test: The frictional coefficient test is used to obtain the slip properties of
the tiles produced, this is done by placing the composite and conventional sample on an incline
plane machine, and it is raised until slipping occurs. The machine was continuously raised such
that the composite tile inclines at an angle. At this point the value of the angle of inclination was
taken; this is called the angle of repose. This was done using different materials of different
weight and surface finish.
The Frictional coefficient is obtained using the equation below:
Frictional coefficient ( )
5.0 Recommendations
Every human being desires to live in a healthy environment and free of filth. To achieve this,
everyone must have environmental consciousness in mind, that littering the environment is a
wrong step to take but reusing and proper disposal is the key. In order to curb and minimize the
amount of plastic wastes found in the environment and meet the objectives of recycling of
plastics the following recommendations would be helpful:
1. The Government should make the plastics manufacturing companies to pay levy on the
amount of plastic produced per year to support the plastic waste management in the
country.
2. The plastics companies should also be made to set up their plastic recycling plants either
in groups or individual companies with support from the government, where import
duties on mechanical recycling machinery could be free of charge.
3. further researches need to be carried out in the initial and subsequent costs of the
materials used
4. Granite sand should be used for additional strength of the composite tiles
5. The blending of saw dust with the melted plastic should be employed as it has the ability
to withstand all the tests carried out on it
6. Governments at various levels should support the waste management agencies to provide
waste collection bins and containers to place at vantage areas within the localities to
280 Ajani et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
make it easy for the masses to dispose their waste products appropriately. With the
support of the waste management agencies, there should be creation of collection depots,
where citizens can bring and sell their collected plastic wastes for recycling.
References
Abota C.A.(2012): Recycling of Plastic Waste in Ghana; a way to reduce environmental
problems/ pollutions. University of Ghana, Accra, Ghana.
Bhogayata, A., Shah, K. D., Vyas, B. A., N. K. Arora (2012), Performance of concrete by using
Non Recyclable plastic wastes as concrete constituent, International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) vol. 1 issue 4, June-2012.
Elzafraney, M., Soroushian, P. and Deru, M.(2005): Development of energy Efficient Concrete
Buildings Using Recycled Plastic Aggregate, Journal of Architectural Engineering ©
ASCE/ December, 2005.
Khilesh Sarwe, (2014): Study of Strength Property of Concrete Using Waste Plastics and Steel
Fibers, Department of Civil Engineering , Jabalpur Engineering College, Jabalpur, India.
The International Journal of Engineering and Science (IJES), Vol 3, Issue 5 pp. 09-11.
Pramod S. Patil, Mali, J. R., Ganesh V. Tapkire, Kumavat, H. R. et.al.(2016): Innovative
Techniques of Waste Plastic Used in Concrete Mixture, International Journal of Research
in Engineering and Technology.
Praveen Mathew, Shibi Varghese, Thomas paul, Eldho Varghese et.al,(2013): Recycled Plastic
as Coarse Aggregate for Structural Concrete, International Journal of Innovative
Research in Science, Engineering and Technology vol. 2,Issue3, March 2013.
Raghatate Atul M.(2013): Use of plastic in a concrete to improve its properties, International
journal of Advance engineering Research and studies. http://www.technical journals
online.com
Ramesh, R. L., Asharani, K. M., Dhiraj Katari, V. C., Pruthvi Sagar, D. S., Sahana, R.
et.al(2014): Recycled Plastics used as coarse aggregate for constructional concrete, SJB
Institute of Technology, Bangalore.
Suganthy, P., Dinesh Chandrasekar, Sathish Kumar, P. K. et.al(2013): Utilization of Pulverized
Plastic in Cement Concrete as Fine Aggregate, Vol.:02 Issue: 06, June-2013,
http://www.ijret.org
Temitope, A.K., Abayomi, O. O., Ruth, A. O. and Adeola, A. P. (2015): A pilot to recycling of
plastic pure water sachets/bottles into composite floor tiles.
Youcef Ghernouti, Bahia Rabehi, Brahim Safi and RabahChaid(2014): Use Of Recycled Plastic
Bag Waste In The Concrete, Journal of International Scientific Publications: Materials,
Methods and Technologies Volume 8, ISSN 1314-7269 (Online), Published at:
http://www.scientific-publications.net (assessed 25/01/2020).
Zainab, Z. Ismail & Enas A. AL Hashmi(2018): Use of waste plastic in concrete mixture as
aggregate replacement, Department of Environmental Engineering, college of
Engineering, University of Baghdad, Iraq. www.sciencedirect.com.
Abstract
Breakdown of industrial equipment makes the workers and the machines idle resulting in loss of
production, delay in the planned schedules, reduces availability and reliability of equipment
reduces the life span of equipment and leads to emergency repairs. Maintenance is therefore an
imperative service function of an efficient and continuous production system. The objective of the
maintenance system is to ensure high performance of the operation system at minimum
maintenance cost. Maintenance performance evaluation therefore is a tool used in minimizing
the risks of safety and industrial accidents enormous financial losses, product contamination,
detection of corrosion effects and possible plant shutdown. Primary and secondary statistical
data gathering methods were employed in selected manufacturing industries across Nigeria
using the maintenance performance evaluation parameters. The study revealed that the failure
rate, maintenance cost and waste indices were higher for the manual maintenance system
indicating gross inefficiency as against the computerized system. Also, the equipment utilization
ratios, equipment performance indices and technical competence ratios were on the contrary
higher for computerized system indicating better efficiency and effectiveness of the system.
Hence, the better implementation of the computerized maintenance system is for industrial
equipment.
1.0 Introduction
Maintenance planning and management is considered to be one of the most neglected areas of
engineering. Maintenance performance evaluation has become imperative as the dynamic nature
of the engineering profession has developed highly sophisticated equipment from the annual and
obsolete ones.
Maintenance activities are associated with a combination of actions carried out to keep or restore
any asset including machines and equipment, buildings as well as human resources in operating
conditions for continuous flow of production. Thus, making maintenance an important
engineering function as technique for cost-effectiveness, operational efficiency, higher and
qualitative production, reducing excessive downtime as well as reduction in the pace of
deterioration and breakdown (Saha, 2004).
The Manual Maintenance System often classified as visual inspection and guess works, is
associated with majority of the industries in the developing Countries. This is majorly due to
philosophy and policy, span of control, technical personalities involved, training and manpower
development, operating schedule, size and type of operation (Aderibigbe, 1999).
The continuing requirement for effective, competitive and timely delivery of products and
services has dictated the need for optimal level of performance during the life cycle of
engineering equipment. This has led to the Maintenance Management Information Systems that
are basically computerized in the planning, design and operational life of industrial equipment
leading to reduced maintenance costs, high capacity utilization and effective organizational
structure.
product or service qualities to be achieved through correctly adjusted, serviced and operated
equipment.
Generally, the costs associated with maintenance are downtime (idle time costs) costs due to
equipment breakdown, costs of spares or other materials used for repairs, costs of maintenance
labour and overheads, losses due to inefficient operations of the equipment and capital
requirements necessary for the replacement of the damaged parts or the equipment as a whole
(Martand, 2011)
Maintenance
Planned Unplanned
Maintenance Maintenance
monthly and annually) and Spare parts Information (Inspection, Replacement and Storage). The
amount of data generated over time is so enormous that there is usually a considerable delay in
the response to time to organize the data manually into a useful reporting form to meet urgent
management decisions. The frequency of breakdowns also fall inline with data generation.
Maintenance staff may not carry out adequate inspection or may not be adequately equipped
enough to detect and repair minor and major faults.
With the current availability of high speed computers and diagnosing equipment, faster and
efficient data management is attained as well as quick detection of faults, prescription of
remedies as well as urgent attention desired are the order of the day in a computerized
maintenance management systems. This is expected to streamline activities such as planned and
unplanned maintenance as well as corrective and preventive work order in terms of detection,
generation, tracking, inventory control, job planning, purchase requisition and purchase order
generation (Willoughby, 1990).
The research was carried out in some notable Manufacturing/Production Industries across the
Country including Textile Manufacturing Industries, Food & Beverages Industries, Plastic
Manufacturing Industries, Pulp & Paper Industries, Soft Drinks Production Industries and
Construction Industries (Earth Moving Equipment). Field survey of the Industries reveals that
some of the Industrial equipment are still maintained manually while in others, it is a
combination of the manual and computerized systems. Majorly, the Industries that have newly
installed equipment operate majorly by computerized programmes from the manufacturers and
as such, can easily be diagnosed through signals hence applicable remedies are profound to the
operating equipment in a safer, faster, neater, more precision and less expensive ways.
Some maintenance performance evaluation parameters were used as comparative analysis for
both the manually operated systems and the computerized systems in our Manufacturing
Industries.
From the field survey carried in various manufacturing industries in some notable cities across
the country and with the help of adequate statistical data gathering tool, the following equipment
maintenance performance parameters were evaluated.
Failure Rate Index (FRI) = ----------------------------------(1)
Maintenance Cost Index (MCI) = --------------------------------- (2)
The interpretation is that failure rates as well as the maintenance cost are higher in manual
systems. The computerized system has that tall advantage because of higher sensitivity and
quicker response in these regards. For the computerized system, there are organized and
professional ways of equipment utilization, equipment performance and technical competence.
Note: MCMPE – Manually Controlled Maintenance Performance Evaluation
CMPE – Computerized Maintenance Performance Evaluation
FRI – Failure Rate Index
MCI – Maintenance Cost Index
EUR – Equipment Utilization Ratio
WI – Waste Index
EPI – Equipment Performance Index
TCR – Technical Competence Ratio
Various alternatives are evaluated on the basis of maintenance cost incurred for a desired level of
reliable performance from the production system. Beyond the point of optimal effort, an
increasing higher level of maintenance cost is incurred.
Cost Total Cost
Preventive Maintenance
Breakdown Maintenance
M . Maintenance Activity
w. r.t time
Point of Optimal Effort
Fig. 2: Cost Relationship of Maintenance Alternatives (Gupta, 2012).
Some of the maintenance performance evaluation parameters used in the comparative industrial
analysis of equipment maintenance include the Failure Rate Index (FRI), Waste Index (WI),
Total Plant Maintenance Productivity (TPMP), Productivity Ratio (PR), Equipment Utilization
Ratio (EUR), Technical Competence Ratio (TCR) and Equipment Performance Index (EPI).
Some notable statistical tools were also employed in the comparative equipment maintenance
analysis across some notable industrial cities in the country. These include the interview method
directly on the workers, the observation method within the working environment and the
questionnaire method in cases where the manufacturing industries were far. These techniques
were professionally applied to get the best results from the workers and assuring them that the
information will be treated with utmost confidentiality.
The maintenance performance evaluation parameters are the resultant effects of the failure rate
of both the new and old equipment. Failure analysis plays a vital role in taking decisions
pertaining to both the manual as well as the computerized maintenance systems. It helps to
identify the nature and occurrence of failures and is a useful tool in designing and ensuring
reliable performance for optimum productivity (Gupta, 2012). From engineering professional
experience, new or recently serviced equipment is initially at a higher risk of failure, i.e., it is less
reliable until, after successive minor breakdowns, vulnerable and/or damaged components are
replaced or repaired. This is the period of infant mortality and can be minimized through the
improved computerized maintenance system. Subsequently, components fail due to ageing and
wear-out and the failure risk will increase with operating time as indicated in Fig. 2 (Martand,
2011).
288 Adedoye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Computerized maintenance systems have been designed and developed to assist the present and
common manual systems by reducing idle times wasted on repairs, reducing the damage on
complex equipment during dismantling and assembling operations, reduction in the sudden
failure and collapse of equipment, higher industrially safe working environments, leads to direct
and ease of detection of the exact faulty point/area and hence absolute reduction of idle machine
hours and man hours and eventual higher efficiency and productivity (James, 2008). The
profitable decision in the maintenance of engineering equipment is the one that costs the least
over a defined period which may be called the life cycle of the equipment. To make such a
decision, the engineer must know the characteristics of failure risks of the equipment for which
he is accountable, and how these risks are affected by the operational use, operating environment
and maintenance attention as they affect equipment utilization, downtime effects, efficiency and
productivity in a comparative analysis (Kaushish, 2013)
5.0 Conclusion
Manual and computerized maintenance systems of Industrial Equipment were analyzed using
maintenance performance evaluation parameters. The parameters include the failure rate index,
maintenance cost index, equipment utilization ratio, waste index, equipment performance index
and technical competence ratio. The failure rates, maintenance costs and waste indices were
higher for the manual systems showing the disadvantages of the old systems. On the other hand,
equipment utilization, equipment performance and technical competence reveal higher figures in
the computerized system.
References
Aderibigbe, D.A. (1999), Facility Management Practices: Limitations and Prospects in Nigeria‘s
Public Enterprises, NSE Proceedings at the National Engineering Conference, Ilorin.
Gupta, A.K., (2012), Engineering Management, S. Chand & Company Limited, Ram Nagar,
New Delhi.
James Riggs (2008), Productive System Planning, Analysis Control, 4th Edition, Willey Eastern
Publishing, New Delhi.
Kaushish, J.P., (2013), Manufacturing Process, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
Rimjim House, Delhi.
Martand Telsang (2011), Industrial Engineering and Production Management, S. Chand &
Company Limited, Ram Nagar, New Delhi.
Mayer, a. (1998), Production Management, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, New York.
Saha, B.N. (2004), Integrated Maintenance Management – Concept to Computerization, SBA
Publications, New Delhi.
Willoughby, K.W., (1990), Technology Choice: A Critique of the Appropriate Technology
Movement, Westview Press, Boulder, USA.
ABSTRACT
The environment of deposition was determined through the Sedimentological characteristics and
pebble morphometric study of outcrops exposed around Kawo area in central part of Bida Basin.
A total of nine (9) beds were logged at a type locality chosen for this studyand the beds were
grouped using their textures and structures into three (3) facies, viz: Cross-bedded sandstone
facies, massive sandstone facies and mudstone facies. The beds recognized within the facies were
showing a generally fining upward sequence with various degree of bioturbation. The average
value from morphometric analysis gave an average MPSI value of 0.82, elongated ratio 0.60,
flatness ratio 0.65, roundness 38% and average pebble size 3.07. These values confirm a fluvial
origin with a short distance of transportation from source area.
Keyword: Lithofacies, fluvial, cross-bedded, floodplain, sandstones
1. INTRODUCTION
The studied area belongs to the Mokwa Sandstone series exposed around Kawo village in central
Bida Basin. It is a Northwest-Southwest trending depression perpendicular to the main axis of
the Benue Trough, it extends over an area of about 7000km2 from conference of Benue Rivers to
Waria in the Northwestern part of Nigeria. The thickness of sediment has been estimated to be
about 2600m (Ojo and Ajakaiye 1989).
The formation contains belt of mesas, up to 2km and a flat lying gently rolling plains with
occasional residual hills. Bodies of small pocket of water were noticed in the area, they were
however dried up at the dry season and these are generally called ephemeral streams. The area is
poorly drained as there were no river flowing through the studied area, and the drainage nature
were generally dendrite, an indication of uniformity in the geology of the area.
The geology of the sub-basin has been classified into four major lithologic unit, Adeleye (1971),
herein referred to as ―series‖, principally on the basis of litho-stratigraphic variation viz: The
Bida Sandstone series, Mokwa Sandstone series, Kudu Shale/Sandstone series and Lokoja
Shale/Sandstone series. Work on adjacent area by Okosun et al., (2009) identified five facies
based on inferred environment of deposition, they are floodplain facies, alluvial fan facies, mire
facies, lacustrine facies and coarsed-grained channel facies. A braided river character has been
inferred from the fluvial deposit. Braide (1990).
Massive lower portion of Bida Formation in the Bida Basin consist of erosional based unit, Goro
et al., (2014). It comprises of unit and compound bar that are extensively and vertically stacked
giving a sheet-like geometry. Onodukuet al 2017 from palynological analysis inferred a non-
marine environment of deposition for central Bida sediment which is an indication of
terrestrial/fluvial dominated environment that is prone to dry gas generation. Most pollen and
spores indicate type 1 or 2 kerogen (terrestrial paleo-environment). Late Campanian – Early
Maastrichtian age was then proposed. The study area is bounded by lat.090 55‘ 06‖ N log.050 43‘
14‖ E and is generally accessible through Minna-Zugeru-Mokwa road.
Within the central Bida Basin only a small area has been mapped in detail and little is known
about the regional correlation and hydrocarbon potential. A detailed mapping of the basin
especially the Kawo part is therefore necessary to know the type of sediment accumulated and
structures present. This work will help to identify the type of sediment, investigate the
environment of deposition of these sedimentary units and further interpret the condition at play
during deposition. The history obtained from this analysis will serve as a guide to geologist in
further exploring this part of the Bida Basin.
2. METHODOLOGY
This workwas carried out in two ways, field study and laboratory analysis. Field process involve
graphic logging of beds outcrop exposed around Kawo village, and each of the exposed bed were
analyze on the basis of their texture, structure, fossil content, thickness and observed colour.
Samples were systematically collected from each bed for laboratory analysis. Pebbles were also
collected from the bed they occur for morphometric study.
The laboratory procedures involve sieving method, with the following instrument: Beam
balance, crushing machine, screen of meshes of Terent size/weight, labelled nylon pack and
sieve brush.
Samples were first disaggregated and a weight of 100g was collected from each sample. Sieves
of mesh 10, 20, 45, 60, 120 and 200 were selected and shaking was done for a period of 5
minutes. The fraction retained on each mesh were weighed and recorded.Granumetric analysis
was done to obtain the mean, sorting, skewness and kurtosis.
Morphometric parameters such as maximum projection sphericity index, oblate prolate index,
coefficient of flatness and elongated indices was employed for the interpretation of paleo-
environment.
The grains within the basal unit are angular and sub-angular in shape, and the bed were group
into three(3) facies on the basis of their textures and structures viz: Cross-bedded sandstone
facies, massive sandstone facies and mudstone facies.
The cross-bedded facies: This occurs at the top and the basal part which represents a stream
deposit usually confined to channel. they are poorly sorted and whitish or reddish-pinkish colour
with scattered pebbles. This facies was probably deposited in an environment with fairly high
energy with considerable distance considering the angularity of the pebbles
Massive sandstone facies: It consists of whitish colour and bioturbation, the bioturbation
suggests aerobic environment with high energy of deposition due to the massive nature of the
bed which is interpreted as bar top.
4. CONCLUSION
The grain size analysis result shows that the Sandstone deposit around Kawo is dominated by
poorly sorted, medium grained bed, indicating rapid deposition of sediment. The sub-angular
nature of the pebbles shows short distance of sediment travel. The mean MPSI value 0.81
indicates fluvial origin, mean elongated value 0.61 indicates current flow derived pebble.
The fining upward sequence of the entire beds is a reflection of the decrease in stream power
during the deposition of the sediments. Sedimentary structure like massive bed and large scale
cross stratification denote the meanders and point bar sub-environment
REFERENCE
Adeleye D, R. (1974), Sedimentology of the fluvial Bida Sandstones (Cretaceous): Journal of
Sedimentary Geology, Vol. 12, Niger, Nigeria pp1-24.
Adeleye D, R. (1971), Stratigraphy and Sedimentation of Upper Cretaceous Strata around Bida,
Nigeria. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Ibadan, Nigeria pp 222-234.
Braide, S. P. (1992), Syntectonic fluvial sedimentation in the central Bida Basin. Journal of
Mining and Geology, 28, 55-64.
Goro, A.I., Salihu, H.D, Jibrin B.W, Waziri N.M and Idris-Nda A.(2014); Characterization of
massive sandstone interval, example from Doko member of bida Formation. Nigeria
universal journal of geoscience 2, pp 60.
Ojo, S. B. &Ajakaiye, D. E. (1989). Preliminary interpretation of gravity measurement in The
middle Niger Basin area, Nigeria. In; C.A. Kogbe (ed) Geology of Nigeria, 2nd Edition,
Elizabeth Publishing Co., Lagos, pp. 347-358.
Okosun, E.A., Goro, A.I., Olobaniyi, S.B., Shekwolo, P.D and Nwosun, J.E., (2009).
Stratigraphy of Bida Basin Fortion, Borno journal of Geology, Vol.4 pp2.
295 Egbhatheye et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
1
Department of Electronic and Computer Engineering, Nnamdi Azikiwe University Awka,
Nigeria.
2
Department of Electrical/Electronic Engineering Technology, Auchi Polytechnic Auchi, Edo
State, Nigeria
ABSTRACT
The high cost of installing optical fibre and Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) in remote locations,
makes it imperative to find a cost effective wireless solutions as TV White Space technology to
ensure higher internet penetration especially to remote locations in Nigeria. The Ultra high
frequency (UHF) band spectrum has very good wireless radio propagation characteristics. In
this paper, the sensing techniques was used for comprehensive quantitative assessment of TVWS
in the 470-870MHz of the UHF band, for urban area of Edo State in South-South region of
Nigeria was presented using an inexpensive Radio Frequency (RF) Explorer and the readings
were presented using graph plots through the aid of touchstone PC spectrum analyzer software.
The result analysis shows that over 58% of the 50 channels assessed in this area were
underutilized while 42% were utilized. Hitherto, we have high alarming rate of spectrum scarcity
by the communication industries. Most of the smart devices competing for these scarce spectra
can be deployed to these unutilized spectra at low or no cost thereby freeing most of the
spectrum bands.
INTRODUCTION
Television White Spaces (TVWS) refers to unused portions of spectrum in the television (TV)
bands, such as guard bands between broadcasting channels and channels freed up by the
transition from analogue to digital TV broadcasting (Maheshwari et al., 2012).
TV white space technology is a promising one in the current scenario to provide broadband
connectivity to rural areas. Internet connectivity is scarce in areas with low population density
due to environmental obstacles, distance from major Internet Service Providers (ISP), and lack of
297 Kebiru and Jerome, 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
financial incentives. This results in expensive and complex networks leaving the rural
communities with little options. While traditional Wi-Fi weakens over rugged terrain, the TV
band can penetrate buildings and terrains with good signal strength. Also they provide larger
coverage and greater bandwidths which allow these channels to be used for delivering broadband
internet access in areas that aren‘t easily accessible by cable at much lower costs than optical
fiber or conventional wireless networks. These frequencies can be made available for unlicensed
use by secondary users at locations where the spectrum is not being occupied by licensed users.
This leads to more efficient use of the existing spectrum. However the incumbent user is
protected from any interference from the unauthorized ones. The secondary user must vacate the
band once the primary user arrives. The systems operating in the TV bands are analogue TV with
sensitivity value of -94 dBm, digital TV with sensitivity of -116dBm and wireless microphone
with -107 dBm (Faruk et al, 2013). In this regard, Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
in the United States of America (USA) announced a threshold of -114 dBm as the criteria for
TVWS (FCC, 2008). The logic behind this is to utilize the unused spectrum of the incumbent
systems for secondary access so that white space devices with low power can utilize this
spectrum without causing interference with the incumbent systems. The unused Broadcast TV
channels vary sparingly from one location to another. The TVWS will have the flexibility to
sense, operate and log on to unused TV White Space channels. This is possible with the use of a
database that houses unused channels called geo-location database technology (Opawoye et al.,
2015). This paper is aimed at investigating and assessing TV white space availability in Ugbowo
area of Benin City to provide internet connectivity in less densely populated area.
METHODOLOGY
Study Area
The area under scrutiny for the collection of feasibility-oriented parameters is situated in Ovia
North, Edo state and its original name (with diacritics) is Ugbowo. Fig. 1 shows the Google map
location of the measurement site and Table 1 shows the coordinate of the measured locations.
The Table 2 shows the licensed TV station signal, their channels and frequency of operation that
can be received within the study area.
Fixed site monitoring was chosen for the analysis; the monitoring extended over several hours
for 24 hours; readings were taken using he spectrum analyzer to measure the received signal
strength for all the 50 UHF channels (21 through 70) corresponding to 470 – 870 MHz with an
Omni-directional antenna, a laptop and a GPS device for over 60 sweeps. The RF explorer
antenna height is 2m above the ground, a span of 100MHz was used to enhance the visibility of
the spectrum measured and the resolution bandwidth in the experiments was set to 178.57 KHz
on the RF Explorer window client.
Measurement was carried out in Ugbowo area and environs in Edo State, and the results are
shown in Fig. 2 and table 3.Results for spectra coverage carried out for 470-570MHz is shown in
Fig. 2.
Total number of channels within 470-570MHz is 12; total number of occupied channels = 6;
Total number of unoccupied (whitespace) channels = 6; this shows that in this area 50% are
occupied while 50% are free to be used by white space. Results for spectra coverage carried out
for 570 to 670MHz is shown in fig. 3.
Table 4 shows that the total number of channels investigated in the range was 13; total number of
occupied channels = 8; Total number of unoccupied (whitespace) channels=5: This shows that in
this area 62% are occupied while 38% are free to be used by white space. The frequency
occupancy for 670 to 770MHz range is as shown in fig. 4.
Table 5 shows that the total number of channels investigated in the range was 12; total number of
occupied channels = 6; Total number of unoccupied (whitespace) channels = 6; This shows that
in this area 50% are occupied while 50% are free to be used by white space.
12; This shows that in this area 8% are occupied while 92% are free to be used by white space.
Majority of the free spectral space are in this range.
Spectral Occupancy Analysis for Ugbowo area, Benin City, Edo State
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50% Occupied
40% Free
30%
20%
10%
0%
470-570MHz 570-670MHz 670-770MHz 770-870MHz
Frequency
DISCUSSION
Measurements using RF explorer revealed that the ambient noise level in the absence of any
transmission channel occupied by a primary user is -90 to -114dbm. This was confirmed through
repeated measurements in a known vacant channel at 24:00hrs when the station normally ends
transmission. i.e Edo Broadcasting Service (EBS) that transmit on 743.25MHz . Keeping
sufficient cushion for low power transmission -100dBm was chosen as the noise threshold for the
measurement. The following is a summary of the analysis of the plots obtained from the
readings. The summary is shown in table 7.
The analysis shows that an abundance of free spectrum is available which can be utilized for
broadband connectivity at Ugbowo area of Edo State, Nigeria.
CONCLUSION
There is no denying the fact that TVWS is one of the best candidate to curb the spectrum crunch
that is been faced by the global communication scene. It not only offers better spectrum
management but due to the inherent propagation characteristics of the UHF band is an
economically viable solution. Not only developed nations are cashing on the advantages of
TVWS technology but countries with minimal communication infrastructure are going for it
because of its ease of deployment, being mainly in the license exempt and serving large coverage
areas. This paper was able to analyze and quantify the available TVWS in Ugbowo area of Benin
City, Edo State Nigeria, as an alternative way to meet the growing demands of wireless devices.
It is seen from the results of the measurement carried out that the available TV white space is
58% even in the dense area of Benin City center while 42% is occupied. Considering each TV
channel uses 6MHz of bandwidth; the available TV white space of 232 MHz which was
determined for the densest case could be reused by cognitive radios.
In the course of our findings, it was discovered, reasonable percentage of the TV band is unused,
even without digitization. The digitization of TV transmissions is underway and may free up
even more TV spectrum.
REFERENCES
Faruk N, Adediran Y. A. and Ayeni A. A., (2013). ―On the study of empirical path loss models
for accurate prediction of TV signal for secondary users. Progress in Electromagnetic
Research (PIER) B, USA, Vol. 49, pp 155- 176.
FCC (2008). ―Second report and order and memorandum opinion and order," ET Docket No. 08-
260, November, 2008.
Maheshwari A., Gopalakrishnan A., Harini A., Mangla N. A, Bhagavatula P., and Goyat R.,
(2012). Television White Spaces – Global Developments and Regulatory Issues in India.
IDFB Course Project Submission by G10. pp. 1-36
Opawoye I., Faruk N, Bello O.W, and Ayeni A. A. (2015, July). ―Recent Trends On Tv
White Space Deployments In Africa‖ Nigerian Journal of Technology (NIJOTECH) Vol.
34 No. 3, pp. 556 – 563. doi.10.4314/njt.v34i3.19
RF Explorer spectrum Analyzer User manual (2018), Available online:
https://www.robotshop.com/en/rf-explorer-digital-spectrum-analyser-3g-combo.html]
retrieved may 8, 2018.
1. INTRODUCTION
Waste is a global environmental issue that is becoming most noted in developing countries.
Electronic waste (e-waste) is described as discarded electrical or electronic devices. Used
electronics which are destined for reuse, resale, salvage, recycling or disposal are also considered
as e-waste. Informal processing of electronic waste in developing countries may cause serious
health and pollution problems, as these countries have limited regulatory oversight of e-waste
processing. Electronic scrap components, such as CRTs, may contain contaminants such as lead,
cadmium, beryllium, or brominated flame retardants. Even in developed countries recycling and
disposal of e-waste may involve significant risk to workers and communities and great care must
be taken to avoid unsafe exposure in recycling operations and leaking of materials such as heavy
metals from landfills and incinerator ashes.
solid waste. Today, the amount of e-waste is rapidly growing in developing countries as they join
the global information society. Urban consumption and waste generation and the negative
impacts associated with them in Nigeria varies dramatically from city to city. The poor
collection, transportation and disposal of both municipal and industrial wastes in Nigeria pose a
greater environmental threat facing the growing society. The heaps of solid waste in open
dumpsites constituting eyes sore in the urban landscape and the burning of such waste causes
environmental pollution and are threat to human‘s health.
In Nigeria, the importation of used electronics assumed an alarming dimension in the last ten
years especially considering that un-reusable goods (wastes) destined for recycling are exported
into Nigeria in the name of reuse . In recent months, three ships at different times laden with
toxic products, otherwise known as e-wastes, ar-rived the Lagos port and the Federal
Government of Nigeria received an alert through a Dutch agency, VROM-Inspectorate and the
International Network for Environmental Compliance and Enforcement (INECE) before the
arrival of the ships. The ships which berthed at the Tin-can Port (Lagos), were detained on the
or-ders of officials of the National Environmental Standards Regulations Enforcement Agency,
NESREA and made to return with the e-waste at all the occasions (Olakitan et. al, 2012).
Electronic waste is generated from three major sources which includes individuals and small
businesses; large businesses, institutions, and governments; and, original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs). Changes in technology and media (such as tapes, software, MP3), falling
prices of electronic devices, and planned obsolescence have resulted in a fast-growing surplus of
electronic waste around the globe. The constant availability of newer technology and design, and
an increasingly early obsolescence, the average lifespan of a new model computer has decreased
from 4.5 years in 1992 to an estimated 2 years in 2005 and is further decreasing (Widmer et al.
2005). Technical solutions are available, but in most cases a legal framework, a collection,
logistics, and other services need to be implemented before a technical solution can be applied.
Display units (CRT, LCD, LED monitors), processors (CPU, GPU, or APU chips), memory
(DRAM or SRAM), and audio components have different useful lives. Processors are most
frequently out-dated (by software no longer being optimized) and are more likely to become "e-
waste", while display units are most often replaced while working without repair attempts, due to
changes in wealthy nation appetites for new display technology.
The USA discards 30 million computers each year and 100 million phones are disposed of in
Europe each year. The Environmental Protection Agency estimates that only 15-20% of e-waste
is recycled, the rest of these electronics go directly into landfills and incinerators. The United
States is the world leader in producing electronic waste, tossing away about 3 million tons each
year. China already produces about 2.3 million tons (2010 estimate) domestically, second only to
the United States. And, despite having banned e-waste imports, China remains a major e-waste
dumping ground for developed countries. The export of e-waste as has been witnessed in China,
India, Pakistan, Nigeria, Ghana etc is in violation of the Basel Convention and the Basel Ban
Amendment (Secretariat of the Basel Convention, 2011). The Basel Convention Regional
Coordinating Centre for Africa and Technology transfer in collaboration with Basel Action
Network BAN in 2005 reported that while some of the imported EEE into Nigeria are fully
functional and are directly reused or can be repaired and reused, there is nevertheless a
significant quantity of imported computing equipment or parts that are considered junk. The
estimate figure as indicated by experts were 25- 75 % that is unmarketable due to either lack of
computing effectiveness or due to the fact that it is uneconomical to repair from an estimated
inflow of 500 containers of used computer scraps of various stages of condition and age entering
through the Lagos Ports each month. As used electrical equipment continues to flow into the
country there remains a challenge to determine the official figures of e-waste internally
generated from new or domestically assembled ones.
Society today revolves around technology and by the constant need for the newest and most high
tech products is contributing to mass amount of e-waste. Since the invention of the iPhone, cell
phones have become the top source of e-waste products because they are not made to last more
than two years.
Table 1: Contents of valuable metals in the printed circuit boards of some electronic
products
S/N Products Valuable metals contained in products
1. TV (CRT monitor) Aluminum, antimony, copper, gold, indium, iron,
neodymium, nickel, platinum, silver and yttrium.
2. TV (LCD, plasma) Aluminum, antimony, gold, indium, iron, platinum, silver
and yttrium.
3. Washing machine, Air Aluminum, antimony, copper, gold, iron, platinum and
conditioner, Refrigerator silver.
E-waste contains hazardous materials such as lead, mercury, beryllium, cadmium, and
brominated flame-retardants that pose both human and environmental health threat. E-waste also
contains some valuable met-als, especially in the PWB. Some of these metals include iron,
aluminum, nickel, copper, and some precious metals. The precious metals (PM) include gold,
silver and the platinum-group metals (PGM): platinum, palladium, rhodium, ruthenium, iridium
and osmium. All precious metals belong to the transition elements. Precious metals are
characterized by high economic value, beauty and particular chemical and physical proper-ties,
i.e. low electron affinity, high resistance to corrosion and high density (Hagelüken, 2005). The
processes of dismantling and disposing of electronic waste in the third World lead to a number of
environmental impacts. Liquid and atmospheric releases end up in surface water, groundwater,
soil, and air.
One of the major challenges in e-waste management is recycling the printed circuit boards from
the electronic wastes, the circuit boards contain such precious metals as gold, silver, platinum,
etc. and such base metals as copper, iron, aluminum, to mention but a few. One way e-waste is
processed is by melting circuit boards, burning cable sheathing to recover copper wire and open-
pit acid leaching for separating metals of value. Conventional method employed is mechanical
shredding and separation, but its recycling efficiency is low. Alternative methods such as
cryogenic decomposition have been studied for printed circuit board recycling, and some other
methods are still under investigation.
Computer monitors are typically packed into low stacks on wooden pallets for recycling and then
shrink-wrapped. Audiovisual components, televisions, stereo equipment, mobile phones, other
handheld devices, and computer components contain valuable elements and substances suitable
for reclamation, including lead, copper, and gold. Properly disposal or reuse of electronics can
help prevent health problems, reduce greenhouse gas emissions and create jobs, there have been
calls to reform "the methodology for e-waste disposal and re-use in developing countries" with
reuse and refurbishing offering a more environmentally friendly recycling processes. Table 3
shows the environmental impact of the recycling processes of different electronic waste
components.
Inappropriate and crude techniques are adopted in material recovery from e-waste in the
developing countries. This has four major effects:
1. Low recovery of materials (Rochat et al. 2007).
2. Recovered materials are often heavily contaminated.
3. Crude recovery techniques result in environmental contamination (Sepúlveda et al. 2010).
4. Negative impacts on the health of workers and nearby residents (Schluep et al. 2009).
Recycling raw materials from end-of-life electronics is the most effective solution to the growing
e-waste problem. Most electronic devices contain a variety of materials, including metals that
can be recovered for future uses. In an alternative bulk system, a hopper conveys material for
shredding into an unsophisticated mechanical separator, with screening and granulating
machines to separate constituent metal and plastic fractions, which are sold to smelters or
315 Umoru et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
plastics recyclers. Such recycling machinery is enclosed and employs a dust collection system.
Some of the emissions are caught by scrubbers and screens. Magnets, eddy currents, and
trommel screens are employed to separate glass, plastic, and ferrous and nonferrous metals,
which can then be further separated at a smelter.
An ideal electronic waste recycling plant combines dismantling for component recovery with
increased cost-effective processing of bulk electronic waste. Reuse is an alternative option to
recycling because it extends the lifespan of a device. Devices still need eventual recycling, but
by allowing others to purchase used electronics, recycling can be postponed and value gained
from device use.
Electronic components may contain some contaminants such as lead, cadmium, beryllium, or
brominated flame retardants, and in developed countries recycling and disposal of the used or
unwanted electronics poses significant risk to the communities and great care must be taken to
avoid unsafe exposure in recycling operations and leaking of materials such as heavy metals
from landfills and incinerator ashes into the water bodies, air and soils. The causes of e-waste are
as results of changes in technology, changes in media, falling prices, and planned obsolescence
have resulted in a fast-growing surplus of electronic waste around the globe, if not properly
managed can results to degradation and pollution of the environment.
Effective management of e-waste management which may include e-waste recycling, e-waste
management should be encouraged and commissions should be established in government
agency to handle the management of e-waste and put in place a well defined e-waste recycling
plants.
REFERENCES
Hagelüken, Christian. 2005. ―Optimising the Recycling Chain - the Contribution of an Integrated
Metals Smel-ter and Refinery.‖ In Securing the Future 2005. Skelleftea.
Olakitan O. Innocent C. N., Oladele O. & Mathias S. (2012). E-Waste Country Assessment
Nigeria. E-Waste Africa project of the Secretariat of the Basel Convention.
Osibanjo, Oladele, and I. C Nnorom. 2007. ―The Challenge of Electronic Waste (e-waste)
Management in De-veloping Countries.‖ Waste Management & Research, 25, 489–501.
Osibanjo, Oladele, and Innocent Chidi Nnorom. 2008. ―Material Flows of Mobile Phones and
Accessories in Nigeria: Environmental Implications and Sound End-of-life Management
Options.‖ Environmental Impact Assessment Review 28, 198–213.
Rochat, David, Christian Hagelüken, Miriam Keller, and Rolf Widmer. 2007. ―Optimal
Recycling for Printed Wiring Boards (PWBs) in India.‖ In R‘07 Recovery of Materials and
Energy for Resource Efficiency, 12. Davos, Switzerland.
Schluep, Mathias, Christian Hagelueken, Ruediger Kuehr, Federico Magalini, Claudia Maurer,
Christina Mes-kers, Esther Mueller, and Feng Wang. 2009. Recycling - from E-waste to
Resources, Sustainable Inno-vation and Technology Transfer Industrial Sector Studies.
Paris, France: United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).
Schmidt, C. W. 2006. ―Unfair Trade - E-waste in Africa.‖ Environmental Health Perspectives
114: 232–235.
Secretariat of the Basel Convention 2011. Where Are WEEE in Africa? Findings from the Basel
Convention e-Waste Africa Programme. Geneva / Switzerland.
Sepúlveda, Alejandra, Mathias Schluep, Fabrice G. Renaud, Martin Streicher, Ruediger Kuehr,
Christian Hagelüken, and Andreas C. Gerecke. 2010. ―A Review of the Environmental Fate
and Effects of Haz-ardous Substances Released from Electrical and Electronic Equipments
During Recycling: Examples from China and India.‖ Environmental Impact Assessment
Review, 30, 28–41.
Widmer, Rolf, Heidi Oswald-Krapf, Deepali Sinha-Khetriwal, Markus Schnellmann, and Heinz
Boni. 2005. ―Global Perspectives on E-waste.‖ Environmental Impact Assessment Review,
25, 436–458
https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Electronic_waste&oldid=669136610 retrieved 8th
July, 2020
www.google.com/e-waste retrieved 8th July, 2020.
ABSTRACT
Stable operation of the power system is one of the key factors for reliable and quality power
supply. Any set back in the system operation mode (short circuits, outages of large generating
units, transmission lines, etc.) causes significant changes in the parameters of state of the
electricity system. The response of the system in such cases is an emergence of
electromechanical oscillations in synchronous generators reflected in the fluctuation of the
regime parameters (rotational speed, active and reactive power, voltage, power output, etc.).
Oscillations can reach an amount that can compromise the stable operation of the synchronous
generator and the power system in general. One way to suppress oscillations is to use a
stabilizer of the power system as an integral part of the excitation systems of generators. The
task of the power oscillation stabilizer is to produce a torque damping component of the
electromagnetic torque through the excitation systems. This paper compares two different power
system stabilizers (Generic and Multiband PSS) to enhance the damping of low frequency
oscillations in power systems. The effectiveness of the two different power system stabilizers was
compared through the simulation of a two machine power system in Matlab Simulink.
INTRODUCTION
Today‘s world is continuously growing so that generation, distribution and transmission of
power are also simultaneously required to increase in same manner to fulfill the requirement.
Power system stability may be broadly defined as that property of a power system that enables it
to remain in a state of operating equilibrium under normal operating condition and to regain an
acceptable state of equilibrium after being subjected to a disturbance (Kunju, at el, 2016).
Stability of this system needs to be maintained even when subjected to large low-probability
disturbances so that the electricity can be supplied to consumers with high reliability.
It is known that the power-system stabilizers PSS for generators and the supplementary
controllers for flexible ac transmission system (FACT) devices are efficient tools for improving
318 Abolaji et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
the stability of power systems through damping of low frequency modes (Cardenas, at el, 2013),
where the frequency of these modes ranges from 0.2 to 2.5 Hz. Power System Stabilizer (PSS)
devices are responsible for providing a damping torque component to generators for reducing
fluctuations in the system caused by small perturbations.
The Power System Stabilizer (PSS) is a control device which ensures maximum power transfer
and thus the stability of the power system enhancement. The PSS has been widely used to damp
electromechanical oscillations occur in power systems. If no adequate damping is available, the
oscillations will increase leading to instability (Ali, 2013).
If mechanical power variations are ignored, this equation implies that a signal proportional to
shaft acceleration (i.e. one that leads speed changes by 90°) is available from a scaled
measurement of electrical power. This principle was used as the basis for many early stabilizer
designs (Khalid., Saleh, Ercelebi, 2015). In combination with both high-pass and low-pass
filtering, the stabilizing signal derived in this manner could provide pure damping torque at
exactly one electromechanical frequency. This design suffers from two major disadvantages.
First, it cannot be set to provide a pure damping contribution at more than one frequency and
therefore for units affected by both local and inter-area modes a compromise is required
(Shahgholian, Faiz, 2010). The second limitation is that an unwanted stabilizer output is
produced whenever mechanical power changes occur. This severely limits the gain and output
limits that can be used with these units. Even modest loading and unloading rates produce large
terminal voltage and reactive power variations unless stabilizer gain is severely limited. Many
power-based stabilizers are still in operation although they are rapidly being replaced by units
based on the integral-of- accelerating power design.
thereby permitting a higher stabilizer gain that result in better damping of system oscillations. A
conventional end-of-shaft speed measurement or compensated frequency signal can be used with
this structure.
Figure 3: The Generic Power System Stabilizer (Shahgholiyan, Haghjou at el, 2009)
To ensure a robust damping, the PSS should provide a moderate phase advance at frequencies of
interest in order to compensate for the inherent lag between the field excitation and the electrical
torque induced by the PSS action.
The model consists of a low-pass filter, a general gain, a washout high-pass filter, a phase
compensation system, and an output limiter. The general gain K determines the amount of
damping produced by the stabilizer. The washout high-pass filter eliminates low frequencies that
are present in the signal and allows the PSS to respond only to speed changes. The phase-
compensation system is represented by a cascade of two first-order lead-lag transfer functions
used to compensate the phase lag between the excitation voltage and the electrical torque of the
synchronous machine.
maintain the system's stability. Electromechanical oscillations can be classified in four main
categories:
1) Local oscillations: between a unit and the rest of the generating station and between the
latter and the rest of the power system. Their frequencies typically range from 0.8 to 4.0
Hz.
2) Interplant oscillations: between two electrically close generation plants. Frequencies can
vary from 1 to 2 Hz.
3) Interarea oscillations: between two major groups of generation plants. Frequencies are
typically in a range of 0.2 to 0.8 Hz.
4) Global oscillation: characterized by a common in-phase oscillation of all generators as
found on an isolated system. The frequency of such a global mode is typically under 0.2
Hz.
The need for effective damping of such a wide range, almost two decades, of electromechanical
oscillations motivated the concept of the multiband power system stabilizer (MB-PSS). As its
name reveals, the MB-PSS structure is based on multiple working bands. Three separate bands
are used, respectively dedicated to the low-, intermediate-, and high-frequency modes of
oscillations: the low band is typically associated with the power system global mode, the
intermediate with the inter-area modes, and the high with the local modes.
Each of the three bands is made of a differential bandpass filter, a gain, and a limiter (see the
Figure 3 which is Conceptual Representation). The outputs of the three bands are summed and
passed through a final limiter producing the stabilizer output Vstab. This signal then modulates
the set point of the generator voltage regulator so as to improve the damping of the
electromechanical oscillations. To ensure robust damping, the MB-PSS should include a
moderate phase advance at all frequencies of interest to compensate for the inherent lag between
the field excitation and the electrical torque induced by the MB-PSS action (Shahgholian,
Etesami, 2011).
METHODOLOGY
3.1 Stability of an Electric Power System Employing PSS
Matlab Simulink environment was used in analyzing a simple transmission system containing
two hydraulic power plants. Power system stabilizers (PSSs) were used to improve transient
stability and power oscillation damping of the system. The phasor simulation method was
employed to demonstrate the effectiveness of the controller.
machines were equipped with a Hydraulic Turbine and Governor (HTG), Excitation system and
Power System Stabilizer (PSS). These blocks are located in the two 'Turbine and Regulator'
subsystems of the simulation block diagram. Two types of stabilizers can be selected:
a) A generic model using the acceleration power ( = difference between mechanical
power and output electrical power ) and
b) A Multi-band stabilizer using the speed deviation (dw).
The stabilizer type can be selected by specifying a value (
) in the PSS constant block.
Figure 3.1 shows the use of the phasor solution for transient stability analysis of multi-machine
systems which is a Simulink model of Figure 4.1. It analyzes the enhancement of transient
stability of a two-machine transmission system with Power System Stabilizers (PSS).
Different faults especially a single phase faults were applied on the 330kV transmission system
and the impact of PSS
9:
8:
12:
13:
It is evident from Figure 7- 13, that when a single-phase fault was applied to the system in the
transition time 5.0s to 5.1s, the system regained its stability after the fault was cleared at 5.1s.
This oscillation mode was typical of inter-area oscillations in a large power system. It can be
seen that without either PSSs in services, the oscillation of system was unstable but after fault
clearing, the 0.8 Hz oscillation was quickly damped when the two types of PSSs were put into
service.
CONCLUSION
A study of Power System Stabilizer (PSS) has been carried out. The function of these controllers
was discussed in brief and their effectiveness in enhancing power system stability assessed. From
the results obtained and by comparing the two types of PSS, the performance of the Multiband
PSS were better than that of Generic PSS as it offered less oscillation. To guarantee the
robustness of the proposed controller, the design process was carried out considering a wide
range of operating conditions: Heavy, normal and light loading. It has wide application in the
operation and control of power systems, such as scheduling power flow; decreasing
329 Abolaji et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
unsymmetrical components; reducing net loss; providing voltage support; limiting short-circuit
currents; damping power oscillations; and enhancing transient stability.
REFERENCES
Abd-Elazim S.M., Ali E.S. (2012). Coordinated design of PSSs and SVC via
bacteria foraging optimization algorithm in a multi-machine power system.
Electrical Power and Energy System, 41 (1), 44-53.
Ali A. (2013). Development of system with transitory steadiness of a bi-machine
transmission system with power system stabilizers and static Var compensator.
International Journal of Engineering Research and Applications, 3(3), 1121-1125.
Alok K., Surya Bhushan D. (2013). Enhancement of transient stability in
transmission line using SVC facts controller‖ International Journal of Recent
Technology and Engineering, 2(2).
Anil kumar N., Ramesh K. (2016). Transient stability improvement using SVC and
PSS. International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology, 03(7),
1305-1311.
Cardenas, R.; Pena, R.; Alepuz, S.; Asher, G. (2013). Overview of Control Systems for the
Operation of DFIGs in Wind Energy Applications. IEEE Trans. Ind. Electr., 60, 2776–
2798.
Hossain Sadi M. A., Hasan Ali M. (2014). Combined operation of SVC and optimal reclosing of
circuit breakers for power system transient stability enhancement. Electric Power
Systems Research, 106, 241-248.
Hussein, T. R. (2014). Using Power System Stabilizers (PSS) And Shunt Static Var
Compensator (SVC) For Damping Oscillations in Electrical Power System. Journal of
faculty MAAMOUN.
Khaleghi M., Hossein Nezamabadi-pour M. M., Lee K. Y. (2010). Pareto-optimical design of
damping controllers using modified artificial immune algorithm. IEEE Trans. Power
Syst., 41(2), 240-250.
Khalid K., Saleh H., Ercelebi E. (2015). Transient stability improvement in multimachine system
using power system stabilizer (PSS) and static Var compensator (SVC). International
Journal of Electrical, Computer, Energetic, Electronic and Communication Engineering,
09(12), 1362-1375.
Köse A., Irmak E. (2016). Modeling and Simulation of a Static VAR Compensator
Based on FC-TCR‖ in 5th international conference on Renewable Energy
Research and Applications, Birmingham UK.
Kunju Muhammed, L.P.; Pal, B.C.; Oates, C.; Dyke, K.J. (2016). Electrical oscillations in wind
farm systems: Analysis and insight based on detailed modeling. IEEE Trans. Sustain.
Energy, 7, 51–62.
Omar B. M., Samir H., Ahmed Z. S. (2016). Impact of PSS and SVC on The Power
System Transient Stability. In 8th International Conference on Modelling,
Identification and Control, Medea and Algiers Algeria.
Panda S., Padhy N. P., (2007). Power system with PSS and FACTS controller
modeling, simulation and simultaneous employing genetic algorithm.
International Journal of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 9-18.
Shahgholian G., Eshtehardiha S., Mahdavinasab H., Yousefi M. R. (2008). A
novel approach in automatic control based on the genetic algorithm in
STATCOM for improvement power system transient stability. IEEE/ICIS, Vol. 1,
pp.14-19, Varna.
Shahgholian G., Etesami A. (2011). The effect of thyristor controlled series
compensator on power system oscillation damping control. Int.
Review of Elec. Eng., Vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 1822-1830.
Shahgholian G., Faiz J. (2010). Static synchronous compensator for improving performance of
power system: A review. Int. Review of Elec.
Eng., Vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 2333-2342.
Shahgholian G., Haghjoo E., Seifi A., Hassanzadeh I. (2011). The improvement DSTATCOM to
enhance the quality of power using fuzzy-neural controller. J. of Intelligent Procedures
in Electrical Technology, Vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 3-16.
Shahgholian G., Shafaghi P., Moalem S., Mahdavian M. (2009). Analysis and design of a linear
quadratic regulator control for static synchronous compensator. IEEE/ICCEE, pp.65-69,
Dubai.
Wang J., Fu C., Zhang Y. (2008). SVC control system based on instantaneous
reactive power theory and fuzzy PID. IEEE Trans. Industrial Electronics,
55(4), 1658-1665.
1
Olotu Yahaya, 2Luqman M.A, 2Abudu Mohammed and 3Thomas Bosede
1
Department of Agricultural & Bio-Environment Engineering, Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi,
Nigeria
2
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi, Nigeria
3
Department of Civil Engineering, Auchi Polytechnic, Auchi, Nigeria
Abstract
It is evident that climate change (cc) could likely affect every sector of a human and socio-
economic interface, and turn makes agriculture and water resources vulnerable due to their
dependency on climatic events. This study aims to explore cc effects on plantain (Musa.spp)
irrigation water requirements (IWR) over Ondo State. The current (1980-2010) climatic dataset
was extracted from the eighteen Climate Research Unit (CRU 2.1) in the study region. The
projected climate variables (minimum temperature [Tmin], maximum temperature [Tmax], and
precipitation) were statistically-downscaled from an ensemble of six (6) general circulation
models (GCMs) under the climate change scenario-Representative Concentration Pathways
(RCP 4.5) for the 2040s [2030-2060] and 2080s [2070-2100]. The simulated dataset was
applied as input to run CROPWAT irrigation software to estimate reference evapotranspiration
(ETo), crop water requirements (CWR), and irrigation water requirements (IWR). The result
shows that the mean temperature (Tmean) increased by 0.8oC and 1.3oC from the 2040s to the
2080s, ETo increased from 4.4% to 9.8%, while precipitation is expected to decrease from
11.4% to 8.9%. It was observed that all the GCMs projected increases in CWR for future
periods. CCCMA model projected the highest increases of 900.4 mm (4.5%) to 1200.3 mm
(7.8%) for the 2040s and 2080s in response to the baseline. Also, the comparison between the
current and the future periods indicated that plantain IWR increased from 5.5% to 10.3% for the
2040s and 2080s. It is clear that the projected increase in temperature is largely responsible for
higher ETo and CWR. Overall projection in precipitation could result in to decrease in effective
rainfall (P.eff), and the predicted increase in IWR is due to higher CWR and reduction in P.eff.
In conclusion, irrigation water requirement is likely to significantly increase for the near
[2040s] and long [2080s] periods. To mitigate the possible effect of climate change, it is
important to adopt crop resistant crops, shifting planting date, and application of high-tech
water conservation irrigation mechanism.
Keywords: Climate change, Irrigation water requirements, Crop water requirement, General
circulation model, Representative concentration pathways, CROPWAT
Introduction
Changes in climate might not only affect irrigation water requirements but water availability.
Several climate studies have reported that the mean average temperature during the current
period has increased [1]. The drivers of crop water requirement and irrigation demand are
basically temperature and effective rainfall. The increase in average temperature could lead to
higher evapotranspiration (ETo), crop water requirement (CWR), and soil moisture deficit; and
consequently, a risk to vegetation growth and development [2]. Accurate determination of CWR
is essential for the planning, designing, and management of irrigation schemes [3]. It is evident
that agriculture consumes a larger proportion of global consumption. Finding by [4] indicated
that about 70% of global water withdrawals from the aquifers and rivers are used up by
agriculture. Irrigation water requirements (IWR) depends on effective rainfall (Eff. Rain) to
satisfy the crop water requirements. Nigeria has an estimated irrigation potential between 1.5 to
3.2 million ha of which more than 1 million ha are located in the northern part of the country [5].
It is worth noting that agriculture only accounts for 1% of cultivated area in Nigeria [6], and this
makes it a subsistence-based under a rainfed system that could be susceptible to weather
variability [7]. Additionally, it is reported that there are about 264 multipurpose dams with a
combined reserviour capacity of 33 billion m3 for irrigation, municipal water supply, and eco-
tourism in Nigeria [8,9].
Irrigation facility such as Owena multipurpose dam constructed in Ondo State is only under 5%
usage for irrigation and 10% for municipal water supply. The irrigated land covers 2% of total
agricultural land of about 950,000 ha in Ondo State. However, addressing current and projected
food insecurity over Ondo State, it is necessary to move into precision farming by equipping at
least 50% of the total cropland with water-conserving irrigation mechanism. The volume of
water needed at the supplementary water application of 73 mm/m2 for plantain is considerably
large, the water can majorly be withdrawn from rivers and through groundwater extraction. Due
to rainfall variability and distribution in Ondo State, the recharge of underground water and
rivers could be greatly affected particularly in Ondo North Agro-Ecological Zone (ONAEZ).
This situation can further be exacerbated by the projected impact of climate change and makes
the region to be highly water-stressed. Change in irrigation water demand will put pressure on
underground water extraction and this is likely to have significant impact on groundwater
potentials [10]. It is important to understand the future trend of possible changes in temperature
and precipitation under different climate change scenarios. Water demand and supply can be
affected by changes in climatic parameters [10].
This study explores the possible impact of climate change on future irrigation water requirements
for plantain (Musa.ssp) over the study region and develops strong mitigation strategies. An
333 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Fig. 2: Location of meteorological stations used for the study in Ondo State
Projected
Numerical models (General Circulation Models (GCMs)), representing physical processes in the
atmosphere, ocean, cryosphere, and land surface, are the most advanced tools currently available
for simulating the response of the global climate system to increasing greenhouse gas
concentrations [16]. GCMs are typically run with various changes to forcing conditions, such as
increased greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere [17]. According to [18], it is very
important not to depend on one GCM alone, but several climate models predictions when
developing assessment studies for impacts of climate change on crop yields. Based on this, an
ensemble of six (6) GCMs selected from the 5th Coupled Model Intercomparison Project
336 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
(CMIP5) was used for this study. Statistical downscaling model (SDSM) which is a hybrid
between a stochastic weather generator and a multilinear regression method, forcing synoptic-
scale weather variables to local meteorological variables using statistical relationships [19] was
used to project climate data for periods 2030-2060 and 2070-2100 under the climate change
scenario-Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP 4.5). RCP 4.5 is known to be friendly
and median emission scenario and was chosen due to its long-term, global emissions of
greenhouse gases, short-lived species, and land-use-land-cover which stabilizes radiative forcing
at 4.5 W m−2[20]. The climate (minimum temperature, maximum temperature, precipitation)
projections were based on the output from the four GCMs; Canadian Centre of Climate
Modeling & Analysis (CCCMA), Max Planck‘s Institute of Meteorology (MPI), Meteorology
Office of Hardley Centre (MOHC), and Research National Centre for Meteorological (CNRM).
Table 1 shows the description of selected general circulation models, their spatial resolutions,
and representative concentration pathways for this research study. Table 1 shows the description
of selected general circulation models, their spatial resolutions and representative concentration
pathways for this research study.
Table 1 Properties of selected CMIP5 climate models used in this study
Model Names Abbreviations Spatial resolution
Canadian Centre for Climate Modeling & 48×96 cells, 3.750 × 3.750
Analysis CCCMA
Max Planck Institute for Meteorology MPI 96×192 cells, 1.90 ×1.90
Met Office Hadley Centre MOHC 88×176 cells, 2.00 × 2.00
Research National Centre for Meteorological CNRM 60 × 120 cells, 2.90 × 2.90
Source: [21]
( ) ( )
(1)
( )
(2)
∑ ( ) (3)
where CWR is crop water requirement in mm/day, Kc is crop coefficient and ETo is reference
evapotranspiration in mm/day. Rn is net radiation at the crop surface (MJ/m2/day), G=soil heat
flux density (MJ/m2/day), T = mean daily air temperature at 2 m height (0C), u2 =wind
o
speed at 2 m height (m/s); es= saturation vapor pressure (kPa/ C); ea = actual vapor pressure
(kPa/oC); es–ea = saturation vapor pressure deficit (kpa); ∆= slope of vapor pressure curve
(kPa/oC) and γ = psychrometric constant (kPa/oC), Peff is effective rainfall [24; 25]. Fig. 3 shows
the methodological steps applied for the study.
Fig.4 : Projected monthly Tmax for six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over ONAEZ for period 2035-2065 (a),
Projected monthly Tmax for six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over ONAEZ for period 2070-2100 (b),
Projected monthly Tmin for six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over ONAEZ for period 2035-2065(c), Projected
monthly Tmin for six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over ONAEZ for period 2070-2100 (d), Projected monthly
Tmax for six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over OSAEZ for period 2035-2065(e),Projected monthly Tmax for
six GCMs-RCP 4.5 over OSAEZ for period 2070-2100 (f),
Precipitation projections
The results from the GCMs indicate various degrees of variability in projected future
precipitation in all the eighteen (18) local government areas LGAs that comprise three Agro-
Ecological Zones in Ondo-State as shown in Table 2. Fig.5a-e is given the spatial distribution of
precipitation patterns for present (1980-2010), future periods (2030-2060) and (2070-2100) and
the difference between the future period with respect to baseline. The simulation indicated a
decrease in precipitation in all the LGAs with the exception of Akoko South West (Ako. SW)
which projected increases of 10.4% (154.4 mm) in the 2040s and 7.6% (112.9) in 2080 relative
to the baseline period. In absolute value, the highest reduction would be Odigbo (-676.0 mm; -
786.9 mm), and the smallest reduction would be Akoko North West (-29.0 mm; -1.8 mm).
Figure 5: Spatial distribution patterns for baseline precipitation (mm) in Ondo State for 1980-
2010(a), Projected spatial distribution patterns for precipitation (mm) using CCCMA under RCP
4.5 for period 2030-2060(b), Projected spatial distribution patterns for precipitation (mm) using
CCCMA under RCP 4.5 for 2070-2100 (c ),Projected changes in precipitation (mm) using
CCCMA model under RCP 4.5 for periods 2030-2060 (d) and 2070-2100 (e) relative to
baseline 1980-2010 in Ondo State.
Projection of reference evapotranspiration (ETo)
Historical and GCMs projected climate datasets were applied as inputs to run
CROPWAT software using crop factors (crop coefficient, rooting depth) and soil dataset (soil
texture, available soil moisture, infiltration rate) to estimate crop water and irrigation
requirements for baseline and projected periods. However, accurate estimation of reference
evapotranspiration is an important factor in computing CWR and IWR. The results of the
simulation run indicated that all the GCMs predicted increases in ETo from January to
December. Fig.6 shows that the highest and lowest ETo values were predicted in March and
September in the three AEZs for the periods 2030-2060 and 2070-2100. Reference
evapotranspiration increased from October through March and the period represents the dry
season. Again, it decreased from April to October which corresponds to the wet season. The
finding is in agreement with the projections of reference evapotranspiration calculated using the
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) 56 Penman-Monteith [26]. The
observation shows that the regions are likely to experience a warmer climate with projected
increases in temperature during the wet and dry periods. It is worthy of note that the predicted
increase in temperature is responsible for the projected increase in reference evapotranspiration
(ETo) since the temperature is the major driver of evapotranspiration. The results of ETo
obtained in this work shown good agreement with previous studies [27;28]. The projected ETo
could have serious effects on crop growth, development, and maturity. Excessive
evapotranspiration due to high temperature could also affect the phenological stages of plantain
and alter the growing cycle (i.e. early or late flowering, maturity, and increase of senescence rate
e.t.c).
Fig 6: Projected changes in monthly reference evapotranspiration (ETo) for future periods 2030-
2060 (a) and 2070-2100 (b) relative to baseline (1980-2010) and over ONAEZ, Projected
changes in monthly reference evapotranspiration (ETo) for future periods 2030-2060 (c) and
2070-2100 (d) relative to baseline (1975-2005) and over OSAEZ, Projected changes in monthly
reference evapotranspiration (ETo) for future periods 2030-2060 (e) and 2070-2100 (f) relative
to baseline (1980-2010) and over OCAEZ.
343 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
Fig.7: Estimated current and projected monthly crop water requirements (CWR) in ONAEZ for
periods 2030-2060 (a) and 2070-2100 (b), Estimated current and projected monthly crop water
requirements (CWR) in OCAEZ for periods 2030-2060 (c) and 2070-2100 (d), and : Estimated
current and projected monthly crop water requirements (CWR) in OSAEZ for periods 2030-2060
(e) and 2070-2100 (f).
Since the irrigation demands of plantain depend on the CWR and precipitation amounts, the high
variability of precipitation and temperature significantly affected the amount of irrigation water
requirements. Irrigation water requirements (IWR) was estimated for historical period from
1980-2010 and the future periods 2030-2060 and 2070-2100 over Ondo State. Baseline and
projected climatic parameters were used in irrigation water requirements (IWR) estimation using
CROPWAT irrigation software. The results in Table 4show that the projected monthly IWR
under six GCMs-RCP 4.5 in the study regions.The concentration of IWR is very high from the
month of November through February whereas none of the GCMs projected supplementary
irrigation in March except the CCCMA model that projected 31.9 mm (319.0m3/ha) and 33.5
mm (335.0m3/ha) for the 2040s and 2080s in Ondo South Agro-Ecological Zone (OSAEZ). The
finding could have a strong linkage with the projections from the six global climate models that
predicted decreasing effective rainfall and precipitation trends for periods the 2050s and 2080s
from February through November in response to the baseline period in all the AEZs. However,
the projection from the GCMs did not simulate any significant irrigation water from April to
September for future periods (Table 3). The period falls at the onset of rainfall, and the wet
period over the study areas.
The Centre of Canadian Climate Model & Analysis projected the highest annual
irrigation water demand of 451.6 mm, 469.3 mm, and 493.8 mm, 500.8 mm for OCAEZ, and
OSAEZ for periods 2035-2065, and 2070-2100. These results correspond to irrigation water
demand increase of 4.9% to 26.1% in ONAEZ, 4.3% to 8.2% in OCAEZ, and 6.7% to 11.8% in
OSAEZ for the periods 2040s and 2080s relative to the current period of 1980-2010 (Fig. 8a-c).
Overall sensitivity comparative analysis for future irrigation water requirement (IWR) for
plantain (Musa.spp) by the GCMs indicate that more water could be needed to supplement the
projected decrease in projected future effective rainfall and precipitation for periods the 2040s
and 2080s in three agro-ecological zones. However, some level of supplementary irrigation could
be useful during the wet season, and full water application is strongly encouraged during the dry
season to meet up the water requirement for plantain over the study area.
Table 3: Estimated monthly irrigation water requirements under baseline and future period in ONAEZ
Baseline ICHEC MPI MOHC CCCMA MIROC CNRM
2070
1975- 2035- 2070- 2035- 2070- 2035- 2070- 2035- 2070- 2035- 2070- 2035- -
Month 2005 2065 2100 2065 2100 2065 2100 2065 2100 2065 2100 2065 2100
JAN 42.5 53.3 54.3 36.0 68.7 61.7 62.0 68.5 68.8 49.3 63.2 54.3 60.5
FEB 24.4 26.6 30.6 26.1 28.6 25.6 27.8 38.9 41.2 27.1 33.4 30.6 34.6
MAR 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 31.9 33.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
APR 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
MAY 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
JUN 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
JUL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
AUG 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
SEP 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
OCT 0.0 28.1 34.2 22.4 28.5 20.7 44.7 113.2 114.7 33.8 56.4 40.9 55.6
NOV 10.8 88.2 91.2 86.7 91.8 64.8 67.8 116.1 117.9 84.9 106.5 93.0 93.3
DEC 57.0 59.2 59.2 63.2 63.9 116.6 112.5 125.2 126.2 110.7 125.9 62.3 62.9
Fig.8: Projected annual irrigation water requirement (IWR) under baseline (1980-2010) and
future periods 2030-2060 and 2070-2100 over OSAEZ (a), OCAEZ (b) and ONAEZ (c).
Conclusion
This study evaluated the potential effects of climate change on irrigation water requirements
(IWR) for plantain (Musa.ssp) over the three (3) Agro-Ecological Zones (AEZs) over Ondo
State, Nigeria. In the study, an ensemble of six (6) general circulation models (GCMs) under the
climate change scenario (RCP 4.5) was used to project future climate variables (Minimum
temperature, maximum temperature, precipitation). The projected and current climatic variables
in combination with soil and crop factors were applied as inputs into the CROPWAT model for
computing CWR and IWR. However, the simulation revealed that all the GCMs indicated
increases in Tmax, Tmin, ETo, and consequently, an increase in crop water requirements (CWR) in
each AEZ. Therefore, it is projected that IWR will likely be to be more for 2070-2100 (the
2080s) than 2030-2060 (the 2040s). Conversely, overall simulations of climate change (cc)
effects in OCEAZ indicated a relatively small impact on IWR in comparison to ONAEZ and
OSAEZ over the study region. Generally, the findings from the study showed that CC could have
347 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
significant effects on future irrigation water requirements in Ondo State. The observed findings
can be used to create robust mitigation strategies to reduce CC impacts on IWR. For future
climate change on IWR, more GCMs and Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) are
recommended for projecting climatic variables useful as inputs to compute IWR.
Funding
This research was self-funded without any external funding.
Conflicts of Interest:
The authors declare no conflict of interest
Acknowledgments
The authors thank Mr. Theodore Imonigie for the GCMs simulation run and extraction. Also, Dr.
Gbode of Department of Meteorology, Federal University is appreciated for the running of R-
Studio of Statistical Computing.
References
[1] Acharya, G., Gupta, H.D. and Moss, R.H. (2013), Towards a model space and model
independence metric. Geophys. Res. Lett. 35, 23-60.
[2] Adefolalu, D.O. (1995). Agro-climatological and ecological zones study of Ondo State,
Nigeria. Archives for Meteorology Geophysics Bioclimatology Ser.B 34, 233-256.
[3] Adesina, A. (2010). Conditioning trends shaping the agricultural and rural landscape in
Africa. Journal of International Association of Agricultural Economics 41 (1), 73-82.
[4] Aggarwal, P.K. and Singh, A.K. (2010). Implications of global climatic change on water and
food security. Water Resources Development and Management 10 (2), 40–63.
[5] Akinro, A.A., Olufayo, A.A. and Oguntunde, P.G. (2014). Dynamic crop water production
model of plantain yield response to water. Journal of Experimental Agriculture Int. 4(12),
1544-1556.
[6] Akinro, A.A., Olufayo, A.A. and Oguntunde, P.G. (2013). Assessment of static crop water
production functions of Plantain (Musa Sp. AAB) under a tropical climatic condition. Asian
Journal of Engineering and Technol.2 (3), 275-285.
348 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
[7] Akinyemi, S.O.S, Aiyelaagbe,I.O.O and Akyeampong,E. (2010). Plantain (Musa spp)
cultivation in Nigeria: A Review of its Production, Marketing and Research in the last two
decades. Acta Hortic. 879, 211-218. DOI:10.17660/ActaHortic.2010.879.19
[8] Akyeampong, E. (2009). Plantain Production, Marketing and Consumption in West and
Central Africa. Proceeding of International Symposium on Plantain-Banana and Food
security in Cameroon, 320-340.
[9] Allaire, J.J. (2018). An integrated environment (IDE) for the R Statistical Computing
Language. Environmental Modelling & Softw. 15 (3), 59-64.
[10] Allen, R. L., Pereira, L. A., Raes, D., Smith, M. (2007). Crop Evapotranspiration Guidelines
for Computing Crop Water Requirements. FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper No. 56. Food
and Agriculture Organization. Vol. 13, No, 2, pp.98-123.
[11] Allison, R., Masson, D. and Gettelman, A. (2013). Climate model genealogy: Generation
CMIP5 and how we got there. Geophysical Research Letts. 40, 1190-1199.
[12] Allison, E.H., Adger, W.N. and Badjeck, M. (2011). Effects of climate change on the
sustainability of capture and enhancement fisheries important to the poor: Analysis of the
Vulnerability and Adaptability of Fisher folk living in Poverty. Fisheries Management
Science Progr. 47, 174-200.
[13] Alotabi, F.M., Hassan, I. and Parry, E. (2018). Possible effects of global warming on
agriculture and water resources in Saudi Arabia. Impacts and Responses. Climate Chang.54
(6), 225– 245.
[14] Arnold, A., Ewert, F., Arnold, S., Simelton, E. and Fraser, E. (2009). Crops and climate
change: progress, trends, and challenges in simulating impacts and informing adaptation. J.
Exp. Bot. 6 (2), 340-366.
[17] Ayushi, T., Pyasi, S.K. and Galkate, R.V. (2018). Estimation of evapotranspiration using
CROPWAT 8.0 Model for Shipra River Basin in Madhya Pradesh. Int.J. Curr. Microbiol.
App. Sci. 7(5), 1248-1259. doi: https://doi.org/10.20546/ijcmas.2018.705.151.
[18] Baiyeri, K.P and Aba, S.C. (2005). Response of Musa species to macro-propagation.
AfricanJournal of Biotechnology 4 (3), 223-228.
[19] Batjes, N.H. (2012). Integrated Modeling of Global Climate Change. Journal of America
Meteorological Soc.10 (3), 1072-1079.
[20] Bellenger, H., Guilyardi, E., Leloup, J., Lengaigne, M. and Vialard, J. (2014). ENSO
representation in climate models: From CMIP3 to CMIP5. Climate Dynamics 42, 199-
206.
[21] Betts, R.A., Huth, E. and Kimball, H. (2007). Projected increase in continental runoff due to
plant responses to increasing carbon dioxide. Int. J. Clim. 25, 245–260.
[22] Bryan, E. (2009). Adaptation to climate change in Ethiopia and South Africa: options and
constraints. Environmental Science & Policy 12 (4), 413–426.
349 Olotu et al., 2020
Proceedings of 8th Annual Conference of the School of Engineering Technology (SET 2020), Auchi Polytechnic Auchi: Engineering
Synergy Towards Solution in National Development at Auchi Polytechnic New Auditorium, Auchi Edo State, Nigeria
[23] Chan, C., Ide, T.R. and Barnett, J. (2018). Sampling bias in climate–conflict research. J.
Atmos. Oceanic Technol. 22, 1500-1520
[23] Chiotti, Q. P. and Johnson, T. (2009). Extending the boundaries of climate change research.
A Discussion on Agriculture. Journal of Rural Stud. 11 (3), 330-355.
[24] Clarke, D., Smith, M., El-Askari, K. (1998). New Software for Crop Water Requirements
and Irrigation Scheduling. Irrigation and Drainage Journal. 47(2), pp. 45-58.
[25] Cobb, R., Vergeer, P., Angeloni, F. and Ouborg, N. (2003). Habitat fragmentation, climate
change, and inbreeding in plants. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1195, 84–98. doi: 10.1111/j.1749-
6632.2010.05450.
[26] Cottee, N., Tan D., Bange, M., Cothren, J. and Campbell, L. (2010). Multi-level
determination of heat tolerance in cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L.) under field conditions.
Crop Sci. 50, 2553–2564.
[27] Critchley, W.R.S. and Siegert, K. (2006). Water harvesting: A Manual for the Design and
Construction of Water Harvesting Schemes for Plant Production. EMBO J. 37, 600-620.
https://doi.org/10.15252/embj.200695809.
[28] De Jager, G.L. and Schulz, A.A. (2007). Future contributions of crop modelling-from
heuristics and supporting decision making to understanding genetic regulation and aiding
crop improvement. Eur. J. Agron.18, 10–29.
[29] Denton, M., Lobell, D. and Ayushi (2013). Prioritizing climate change adaptation needs for
food security. J. Climatol. 4 (1), 40-52.
[30] Derner, J.D., Johnson, H.B., Kimball, B.A., Pinter, J. and Polley, H.W. (2003). Above-and
below-ground responses of C3-C4 species mixtures to elevated CO2 and soil water
availability. Global Change Biol.9 (2), 450–460.
351